Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

x

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2015

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Commission File Number: 1-31987

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Maryland

 

84-1477939

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

200 Crescent Court, Suite 1330

 

 

Dallas, TX

 

75201

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(214) 855-2177

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x  No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x   No o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer x

 

Accelerated filer o

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o   No x

 

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding at May 6, 2015 was 100,289,492.

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

FORM 10-Q

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 2015

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

Financial Statements

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

3

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations

4

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

5

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

6

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

7

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

8

 

 

 

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

54

 

 

 

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

86

 

 

 

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

88

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II — OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

 

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings

88

 

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

88

 

 

 

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

90

 

 

 

Item 6.

Exhibits

90

 

2



Table of Contents

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

694,108

 

$

782,473

 

Federal funds sold

 

14,425

 

30,602

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

67,227

 

 

Assets segregated for regulatory purposes

 

278,280

 

76,013

 

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Trading, at fair value

 

320,153

 

65,717

 

Available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $850,430 and $924,755, respectively)

 

859,212

 

925,535

 

Held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $186,032 and $118,345, respectively)

 

183,792

 

118,209

 

 

 

1,363,157

 

1,109,461

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

1,215,308

 

1,309,693

 

Non-covered loans, net of unearned income

 

4,834,687

 

3,920,476

 

Allowance for non-covered loan losses

 

(39,365

)

(37,041

)

Non-covered loans, net

 

4,795,322

 

3,883,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered loans, net of allowance of $1,388 and $4,611, respectively

 

550,626

 

638,029

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables

 

2,222,517

 

167,884

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

215,684

 

206,991

 

FDIC indemnification asset

 

107,567

 

130,437

 

Covered other real estate owned

 

137,703

 

136,945

 

Other assets

 

581,210

 

458,862

 

Goodwill

 

251,808

 

251,808

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

67,952

 

59,783

 

Total assets

 

$

12,562,894

 

$

9,242,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

$

2,259,790

 

$

2,076,385

 

Interest-bearing

 

4,869,487

 

4,293,507

 

Total deposits

 

7,129,277

 

6,369,892

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization payables

 

1,951,040

 

179,042

 

Short-term borrowings

 

999,476

 

762,696

 

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

 

139,481

 

48

 

Notes payable

 

108,682

 

56,684

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

67,012

 

67,012

 

Other liabilities

 

385,607

 

345,803

 

Total liabilities

 

10,780,575

 

7,781,177

 

Commitments and contingencies (see Notes 11 and 12)

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Hilltop stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; Series B, liquidation value per share of $1,000; 114,068 shares issued and outstanding

 

114,068

 

114,068

 

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 125,000,000 shares authorized; 100,286,330 and 90,181,888 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

 

1,003

 

902

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

1,592,585

 

1,390,788

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

5,750

 

651

 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

67,445

 

(45,957

)

Deferred compensation employee stock trust, net

 

1,189

 

 

Employee stock trust (29,932 shares, at cost)

 

(597

)

 

Total Hilltop stockholders’ equity

 

1,781,443

 

1,460,452

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

876

 

787

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

1,782,319

 

1,461,239

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

12,562,894

 

$

9,242,416

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, including fees

 

$

87,388

 

$

79,744

 

Securities borrowed

 

10,018

 

1,464

 

Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

7,049

 

7,588

 

Tax-exempt

 

1,741

 

1,242

 

Other

 

1,473

 

1,790

 

Total interest income

 

107,669

 

91,828

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

4,315

 

3,759

 

Securities loaned

 

7,506

 

838

 

Short-term borrowings

 

1,024

 

397

 

Notes payable

 

669

 

648

 

Junior subordinated debentures

 

585

 

584

 

Other

 

178

 

181

 

Total interest expense

 

14,277

 

6,407

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

93,392

 

85,421

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,687

 

3,242

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

90,705

 

82,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest income:

 

 

 

 

 

Net realized gains on securities

 

4,403

 

 

Net gains from sale of loans and other mortgage production income

 

120,545

 

79,111

 

Mortgage loan origination fees

 

14,589

 

12,344

 

Net insurance premiums earned

 

39,567

 

40,319

 

Securities commissions and fees

 

43,051

 

6,998

 

Investment banking and advisory fees

 

24,922

 

14,337

 

Bargain purchase gain

 

82,816

 

 

Other

 

24,479

 

16,991

 

Total noninterest income

 

354,372

 

170,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

Employees’ compensation and benefits

 

182,573

 

106,429

 

Loss and loss adjustment expenses

 

18,860

 

18,337

 

Policy acquisition and other underwriting expenses

 

11,674

 

11,687

 

Occupancy and equipment, net

 

29,185

 

26,338

 

Other

 

72,184

 

49,838

 

Total noninterest expense

 

314,476

 

212,629

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

130,601

 

39,650

 

Income tax expense

 

15,420

 

14,354

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

115,181

 

25,296

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

353

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income attributable to Hilltop

 

114,828

 

25,186

 

Dividends on preferred stock

 

1,426

 

1,426

 

Income applicable to Hilltop common stockholders

 

$

113,402

 

$

23,760

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

1.13

 

$

0.26

 

Diluted

 

$

1.13

 

$

0.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average share information:

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

99,741

 

89,707

 

Diluted

 

100,627

 

90,585

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Net income

 

$

115,181

 

$

25,296

 

Other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains on securities available for sale and other, net of tax of $4,454 and $9,583, respectively

 

7,913

 

18,809

 

Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income, net of tax of $(1,589)

 

(2,814

)

 

Comprehensive income

 

120,280

 

44,105

 

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

353

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income applicable to Hilltop

 

$

119,927

 

$

43,995

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

5



Table of Contents

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

Retained

 

Deferred

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

Other

 

Earnings

 

Compensation

 

Employee

 

Hilltop

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Preferred Stock

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-in

 

Comprehensive

 

(Accumulated

 

Employee Stock

 

Stock Trust

 

Stockholders’

 

Noncontrolling

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Income (Loss)

 

Deficit)

 

Trust, Net

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Equity

 

Interest

 

Equity

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

 

114

 

$

114,068

 

90,176

 

$

902

 

$

1,388,641

 

$

(34,863

)

$

(157,607

)

$

 

 

$

 

$

1,311,141

 

$

781

 

$

1,311,922

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25,186

 

 

 

 

25,186

 

110

 

25,296

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,809

 

 

 

 

 

18,809

 

 

18,809

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

735

 

 

 

 

 

 

735

 

 

735

 

Common stock issued to board members

 

 

 

2

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

52

 

Dividends on preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

(1,426

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,426

)

 

(1,426

)

Cash distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(175

)

(175

)

Balance, March 31, 2014

 

114

 

$

114,068

 

90,178

 

$

902

 

$

1,388,002

 

$

(16,054

)

$

(132,421

)

$

 

 

$

 

$

1,354,497

 

$

716

 

$

1,355,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

114

 

$

114,068

 

90,182

 

$

902

 

$

1,390,788

 

$

651

 

$

(45,957

)

$

 

 

$

 

$

1,460,452

 

$

787

 

$

1,461,239

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

114,828

 

 

 

 

114,828

 

353

 

115,181

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,099

 

 

 

 

 

5,099

 

 

5,099

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 

10,102

 

101

 

199,932

 

 

 

 

 

 

200,033

 

 

200,033

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

1,814

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,814

 

 

1,814

 

Common stock issued to board members

 

 

 

2

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

51

 

Dividends on preferred stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,426

)

 

 

 

(1,426

)

 

(1,426

)

Deferred compensation plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,189

 

30

 

(597

)

592

 

 

592

 

Cash distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(264

)

(264

)

Balance, March 31, 2015

 

114

 

$

114,068

 

100,286

 

$

1,003

 

$

1,592,585

 

$

5,750

 

$

67,445

 

$

1,189

 

30

 

$

(597

)

$

1,781,443

 

$

876

 

$

1,782,319

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

115,181

 

$

25,296

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,687

 

3,242

 

Depreciation, amortization and accretion, net

 

(14,486

)

(20,615

)

Net realized gains on securities

 

(4,403

)

 

Bargain purchase gain

 

(82,816

)

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(2,545

)

4,878

 

Other, net

 

(3,813

)

1,435

 

Net change in securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

(22,486

)

 

Net change in assets segregated for regulatory purposes

 

(20,657

)

 

Net change in trading securities

 

11,632

 

5,496

 

Net change in broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables

 

(1,062,969

)

(88,613

)

Net change in FDIC Indemnification Asset

 

23,376

 

912

 

Net change in other assets

 

(34,554

)

(458

)

Net change in broker-dealer and clearing organization payables

 

1,039,786

 

62,842

 

Net change in other liabilities

 

(52,528

)

(34,759

)

Net gains from sales of loans

 

(120,545

)

(79,111

)

Loans originated for sale

 

(2,904,331

)

(1,954,133

)

Proceeds from loans sold

 

3,094,705

 

2,227,917

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

(38,766

)

154,329

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from maturities and principal reductions of securities held to maturity

 

6,329

 

351

 

Proceeds from sales, maturities and principal reductions of securities available for sale

 

449,892

 

31,845

 

Purchases of securities held to maturity

 

 

(31,334

)

Purchases of securities available for sale

 

(2,623

)

(46,024

)

Net change in loans

 

267,275

 

(256

)

Purchases of premises and equipment and other assets

 

(5,565

)

(8,710

)

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment and other real estate owned

 

31,818

 

14,713

 

Net cash received for Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock

 

4,044

 

 

Net cash from acquisition

 

41,097

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

792,267

 

(39,415

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in deposits

 

(905,890

)

(90,374

)

Net change in short-term borrowings

 

72,540

 

149,319

 

Proceeds from notes payable

 

1,000

 

 

Payments on notes payable

 

(23,904

)

(862

)

Dividends paid on preferred stock

 

(1,426

)

(1,342

)

Net cash distributed to noncontrolling interest

 

(264

)

(175

)

Other, net

 

(99

)

(93

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(858,043

)

56,473

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 

(104,542

)

171,387

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

813,075

 

746,023

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

708,533

 

$

917,410

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

14,325

 

$

6,934

 

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds

 

$

45,981

 

$

(1,845

)

Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Activities

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of loans to other real estate owned

 

$

26,211

 

$

25,588

 

Common stock issued in acquisition

 

$

200,626

 

$

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

7



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

1. Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies

 

Nature of Operations

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. (“Hilltop” and, collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. The Company’s primary line of business is to provide business and consumer banking services from offices located throughout Texas through PlainsCapital Bank (the “Bank”). In addition, the Company provides an array of financial products and services through its broker-dealer, mortgage origination and insurance subsidiaries.

 

The Company provides its products and services through three primary operating subsidiaries, PlainsCapital Corporation (“PlainsCapital”), Hilltop Securities Holdings LLC (“Hilltop Securities”) and National Lloyds Corporation (“NLC”). PlainsCapital is a financial holding company, headquartered in Dallas, Texas, that provides, through its subsidiaries, traditional banking services, wealth and investment management and treasury management primarily in Texas and residential mortgage lending throughout the United States. Hilltop Securities is a holding company, headquartered in Dallas, Texas, that provides, through its subsidiaries, investment banking and other related financial services, including municipal advisory, sales, trading and underwriting of taxable and tax-exempt fixed income securities, equity trading, clearing, securities lending, structured finance and retail brokerage services throughout the United States. NLC is a property and casualty insurance holding company, headquartered in Waco, Texas, that provides, through its subsidiaries, fire and homeowners insurance to low value dwellings and manufactured homes primarily in Texas and other areas of the southern United States.

 

On January 1, 2015, Hilltop completed its acquisition of SWS Group, Inc. (“SWS”) in a stock and cash transaction, whereby SWS merged with and into Hilltop Securities, a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop initially formed for the purpose of facilitating this transaction (the “SWS Merger”). SWS’s broker-dealer subsidiaries, Southwest Securities (“Southwest Securities”) and SWS Financial Services, Inc. (“SWS Financial”), became subsidiaries of Hilltop Securities. Immediately following the SWS Merger, SWS’s banking subsidiary, Southwest Securities, FSB (“SWS FSB”), was merged into the Bank, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop. As a result of the SWS Merger, each outstanding share of SWS common stock was converted into the right to receive 0.2496 shares of Hilltop common stock and $1.94 in cash, equating to $6.92 per share based on Hilltop’s closing price on December 31, 2014 and resulting in an aggregate purchase price of $349.1 million, consisting of 10.1 million shares of common stock, $78.2 million in cash and $70.3 million associated with Hilltop’s existing investment in SWS common stock. Additionally, due to appraisal rights proceedings filed in connection with the SWS Merger, the merger consideration is subject to change, and is therefore, preliminary as of the date of this report. Based on preliminary purchase date valuations, the fair value of the assets acquired was $3.3 billion, including $707.5 million in securities, $863.8 million in non-covered loans and $1.2 billion in broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables. The fair value of liabilities assumed was $2.9 billion, consisting primarily of deposits of $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion in broker-dealer and clearing organization payables.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), and in conformity with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). In the opinion of management, these financial statements contain all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of the interim periods presented. Accordingly, the financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (“2014 Form 10-K”). Results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for a full year or any future period.

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates regarding the allowance for loan losses, the fair values of

 

8



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

financial instruments, the amounts receivable under the loss-share agreements with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) (“FDIC Indemnification Asset”), reserves for losses and loss adjustment expenses, the mortgage loan indemnification liability, and the potential impairment of assets are particularly subject to change. The Company has applied its critical accounting policies and estimation methods consistently in all periods presented in these consolidated financial statements. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the SWS Merger purchase date valuations associated with loans, intangibles and taxes are considered preliminary because management’s review and approval of certain key assumptions is not complete.

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period consolidated financial statements to conform with the current period presentation.

 

Hilltop owns 100% of the outstanding stock of PlainsCapital. PlainsCapital owns 100% of the outstanding stock of the Bank and 100% of the membership interest in PlainsCapital Equity, LLC. The Bank owns 100% of the outstanding stock of PrimeLending, a PlainsCapital Company (“PrimeLending”), PCB-ARC, Inc. and RGV-ARC, Inc. and has a 100% membership interest in PlainsCapital Securities, LLC.

 

PrimeLending owns a 100% membership interest in PrimeLending Ventures Management, LLC, the controlling and sole managing member of PrimeLending Ventures, LLC (“Ventures”).

 

Hilltop has a 100% membership interest in Hilltop Securities, which operates through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, First Southwest Holdings, LLC (“First Southwest”), Southwest Securities and SWS Financial (collectively, the “Hilltop Broker-Dealers”). The principal subsidiaries of First Southwest are First Southwest Company, LLC (“FSC”), a broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and a member of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), and First Southwest Asset Management, LLC, a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940. Southwest Securities is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and FINRA and a member of the NYSE, and SWS Financial is an introducing broker-dealer that is also registered with the SEC and FINRA.

 

Hilltop also owns 100% of NLC, which operates through its wholly owned subsidiaries, National Lloyds Insurance Company (“NLIC”) and American Summit Insurance Company (“ASIC”).

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the above-named entities. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Noncontrolling interests have been recorded for minority ownership in entities that are not wholly owned and are presented in compliance with the provisions of Noncontrolling Interest in Subsidiary Subsections of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”).

 

PlainsCapital also owns 100% of the outstanding common securities of PCC Statutory Trusts I, II, III and IV (the “Trusts”), which are not included in the consolidated financial statements under the requirements of the Variable Interest Entities Subsections of the ASC, because the primary beneficiaries of the Trusts are not within the consolidated group.

 

2. Acquisition

 

SWS Merger

 

On January 1, 2015, Hilltop completed its acquisition of SWS in a stock and cash transaction as discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. The operations of SWS are included in the Company’s operating results beginning January 1, 2015. Such operating results include a preliminary bargain purchase gain of $82.8 million and are not indicative of future operating results. SWS’s results of operations prior to the acquisition date are not included in the Company’s consolidated operating results.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The SWS Merger was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting, and accordingly, purchased assets, including identifiable intangible assets, and assumed liabilities were recorded at their respective acquisition date fair values. The components of the consideration paid are shown in the following table (in thousands).

 

Fair value of preliminary consideration paid:

 

 

 

Common stock issued

 

$

200,626

 

Cash

 

78,217

 

Fair value of Hilltop’s existing investment in SWS

 

70,282

 

Total preliminary consideration paid

 

$

349,125

 

 

The resulting preliminary fair values of the identifiable assets acquired, and liabilities assumed, of SWS at January 1, 2015 are summarized in the following table (in thousands).

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

119,314

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

44,741

 

Assets segregated for regulatory purposes

 

181,610

 

Securities

 

707,476

 

Non-covered loans, net

 

863,819

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables

 

1,221,793

 

Other assets

 

159,753

 

Total identifiable assets acquired

 

3,298,506

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

(1,287,509

)

Broker-dealer and clearing organization payables

 

(1,109,978

)

Short-term borrowings

 

(164,240

)

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

 

(140,409

)

Notes payable

 

(76,643

)

Other liabilities

 

(87,786

)

Total liabilities assumed

 

(2,866,565

)

Preliminary bargain purchase gain

 

(82,816

)

 

 

349,125

 

Less Hilltop’s existing investment in SWS

 

(70,282

)

Net identifiable assets acquired

 

$

278,843

 

 

The preliminary bargain purchase gain represents the excess of the preliminary estimated fair value of the underlying net tangible assets and intangible assets over the preliminary merger consideration. The SWS Merger was a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, therefore no income taxes were recorded in connection with the preliminary bargain purchase gain. The Company used significant estimates and assumptions to value certain identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Because of management’s review and approval of certain key assumptions not being complete, the purchase date valuations related to loans, intangibles and taxes are considered preliminary and could differ significantly when finalized.  The preliminary bargain purchase gain was primarily driven by the Company’s ability to realize acquired deferred tax assets through its consolidated core earnings and the decline in the price of the Company’s common stock between the date the fixed conversion ratio was agreed upon and the closing date.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Included within the fair value of other assets in the table above are identifiable intangible assets recorded in connection with the SWS Merger. The preliminary allocation to intangible assets is as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Estimated Useful

 

Gross Intangible

 

 

 

Life (Years)

 

Assets

 

Customer relationships

 

14

 

$

10,700

 

Core deposits

 

4

 

160

 

 

 

 

 

$

10,860

 

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, transaction and integration related expenses of $10.0 million associated with the SWS Merger are included in noninterest expense within the consolidated statement of operations. Such expenses were for professional services and other incremental employee costs associated with the integration of SWS’s operations. SWS Merger-related transaction expenses during the three months ended March 31, 2014 were nominal.

 

In connection with the SWS Merger, Hilltop acquired loans both with and without evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. The acquired loans were initially recorded at fair value with no carryover of any allowance for loan losses. Acquired loans were segregated between those considered to be purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans and those without credit impairment at acquisition. The following table presents details on acquired loans at the acquisition date (in thousands).

 

 

 

Loans, excluding

 

PCI

 

Total

 

 

 

PCI Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Commercial and industrial (1)

 

$

447,959

 

$

9,850

 

$

457,809

 

Real estate

 

324,477

 

62,218

 

386,695

 

Construction and land development

 

14,708

 

1,391

 

16,099

 

Consumer

 

3,216

 

 

3,216

 

Total

 

$

790,360

 

$

73,459

 

$

863,819

 

 


(1)  Acquired loans include margin loans to customers and correspondents of $269.4 million associated with acquired broker-dealer operations, none of which are PCI loans.

 

The following table presents information about the PCI loans at acquisition (in thousands).

 

Contractually required principal and interest payments

 

$

120,078

 

Nonaccretable difference

 

32,040

 

Cash flows expected to be collected

 

88,038

 

Accretable difference

 

14,579

 

Fair value of loans acquired with a deterioration of credit quality

 

$

73,459

 

 

The following table presents information about the acquired loans without credit impairment at acquisition (in thousands).

 

Contractually required principal and interest payments

 

$

901,672

 

Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected

 

39,721

 

Fair value at acquisition

 

790,360

 

 

11



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Pro Forma Results of Operations

 

The results of operations acquired in the SWS Merger have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial results since January 1, 2015. The following table discloses the impact of SWS on the Company’s results of operations. The table presents pro forma results had the SWS Merger taken place on January 1, 2014 and includes the estimated impact of purchase accounting adjustments (in thousands). The purchase accounting adjustments reflect the impact of recording the acquired loans at fair value, including the estimated accretion of the purchase discount on the loan portfolio. Accretion estimates were based on the acquisition date purchase discount on the loan portfolio, as it was not practicable to determine the amount of discount that would have been recorded based on economic conditions that existed on January 1, 2014. The pro forma results do not include any potential operating cost savings as a result of the SWS Merger. Further, certain costs associated with any restructuring or integration activities are also not reflected in the pro forma results. Pro forma results exclude nonrecurring items resulting directly from the SWS Merger and that do not have a continuing impact on results of operations. The pro forma results are not indicative of what would have occurred had the SWS Merger taken place on the indicated date.

 

 

 

Three

 

 

 

Months Ended

 

 

 

March 31, 2014

 

Net interest income

 

$

99,842

 

Other revenues

 

225,315

 

Net income

 

24,658

 

 

3. Fair Value Measurements

 

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures

 

The Company determines fair values in compliance with The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the ASC (the “Fair Value Topic”). The Fair Value Topic defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The Fair Value Topic defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The Fair Value Topic assumes that transactions upon which fair value measurements are based occur in the principal market for the asset or liability being measured. Further, fair value measurements made under the Fair Value Topic exclude transaction costs and are not the result of forced transactions.

 

The Fair Value Topic creates a fair value hierarchy that classifies fair value measurements based upon the inputs used in valuing the assets or liabilities that are the subject of fair value measurements. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs, as indicated below.

 

·                  Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company can access at the measurement date.

 

·                  Level 2 Inputs: Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (e.g., interest rates, yield curves, prepayment speeds, default rates, credit risks, loss severities, etc.), and inputs that are derived from or corroborated by market data, among others.

 

·                  Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities. Level 3 inputs include pricing models and discounted cash flow techniques, among others.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Fair Value Option

 

The Company has elected to measure substantially all of PrimeLending’s mortgage loans held for sale and retained mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) asset at fair value, under the provisions of the Fair Value Option. The Company elected to apply the provisions of the Fair Value Option to these items so that it would have the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. At March 31, 2015, the aggregate fair value of PrimeLending’s mortgage loans held for sale accounted for under the Fair Value Option was $1.19 billion, and the unpaid principal balance of those loans was $1.14 billion. At December 31, 2014, the aggregate fair value of PrimeLending’s mortgage loans held for sale accounted for under the Fair Value Option was $1.27 billion, and the unpaid principal balance of those loans was $1.22 billion. The interest component of fair value is reported as interest income on loans in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

On October 2, 2014, Hilltop exercised its warrant to purchase 8,695,652 shares of SWS common stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per share (the “SWS Warrant”) and paid the aggregate exercise price by the automatic elimination of the $50.0 million aggregate principal amount note due to Hilltop under its credit agreement with SWS. Following the exercise of the SWS Warrant, Hilltop owned approximately 21% of the outstanding shares of SWS common stock as of October 2, 2014. Contemporaneous with the exercise of the SWS Warrant, Hilltop changed the accounting method for its investment in SWS common stock and elected to account for its investment in accordance with the provisions of the Fair Value Option as permitted by GAAP. Hilltop had previously accounted for its investment in SWS common stock as an available for sale security. Under the Fair Value Option, Hilltop’s investment in SWS common stock is recorded at fair value effective October 2, 2014, with changes in fair value being recorded in other noninterest income within the consolidated statement of operations rather than as a component of other comprehensive income. At December 31, 2014, the fair value of Hilltop’s investment in SWS common stock was $70.3 million and is included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheet.

 

The Company holds a number of financial instruments that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, either by the application of the Fair Value Option or other authoritative pronouncements. The fair values of those instruments are determined primarily using Level 2 inputs. Those inputs include quotes from mortgage loan investors and derivatives dealers and data from independent pricing services.

 

The following tables present information regarding financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands).

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

March 31, 2015

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Fair Value

 

Trading securities

 

$

40

 

$

314,181

 

$

5,932

 

$

320,153

 

Available for sale securities

 

14,070

 

845,142

 

 

859,212

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

1,168,757

 

19,495

 

1,188,252

 

Derivative assets

 

 

49,649

 

 

49,649

 

MSR asset

 

 

 

31,648

 

31,648

 

Trading liabilities

 

 

139,481

 

 

139,481

 

Derivative liabilities

 

 

22,048

 

 

22,048

 

 

13



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

December 31, 2014

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Fair Value

 

Trading securities

 

$

39

 

$

65,678

 

$

 

$

65,717

 

Available for sale securities

 

13,762

 

911,773

 

 

925,535

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

1,263,135

 

9,017

 

1,272,152

 

Derivative assets

 

 

23,805

 

 

23,805

 

MSR asset

 

 

 

36,155

 

36,155

 

Investment in SWS common stock

 

70,282

 

 

 

70,282

 

Trading liabilities

 

 

48

 

 

48

 

Derivative liabilities

 

 

12,849

 

 

12,849

 

 

The following tables include a rollforward for those financial instruments measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Gains or Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Realized or Unrealized)

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Included in Other

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of

 

Purchases/

 

Sales/

 

Included in

 

Comprehensive

 

Balance at

 

 

 

Period

 

Additions

 

Reductions

 

Net Income

 

Income (Loss)

 

End of Period

 

Three months ended March 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trading securities

 

$

 

$

7,301

 

$

 

$

(1,369

)

$

 

$

5,932

 

Loans held for sale

 

9,017

 

11,136

 

(271

)

(387

)

 

19,495

 

Mortgage servicing rights asset

 

36,155

 

2,690

 

 

(7,197

)

 

31,648

 

Total

 

$

45,172

 

$

21,127

 

$

(271

)

$

(8,953

)

$

 

$

57,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available for sale securities

 

$

60,053

 

$

 

$

 

$

593

 

$

3,452

 

$

64,098

 

Loans held for sale

 

27,729

 

4,900

 

(5,594

)

(209

)

 

26,826

 

Mortgage servicing rights asset

 

20,149

 

7,432

 

 

2,358

 

 

29,939

 

Derivative liabilities

 

(5,600

)

 

 

(350

)

 

(5,950

)

Total

 

$

102,331

 

$

12,332

 

$

(5,594

)

$

2,392

 

$

3,452

 

$

114,913

 

 

All net realized and unrealized gains (losses) in the table above are reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The available for sale securities noted in the table above reflect Hilltop’s note receivable from SWS and the SWS Warrant. On October 2, 2014, as previously discussed, Hilltop exercised the SWS Warrant in full and paid the aggregate exercise price by the automatic elimination of the $50.0 million aggregate principal amount note due to Hilltop under the credit agreement.

 

For Level 3 financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis at March 31, 2015, the significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements were as follows.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range (Weighted-

Financial instrument

 

Valuation Technique

 

Unobservable Input

 

Average)

Trading securities

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Discount rate

 

8 - 17% (10%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

Discounted cash flow / Market comparable

 

Projected price

 

90 - 94% (93%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights asset

 

Discounted cash flow

 

Constant prepayment rate

 

14.95%

 

 

 

 

Discount rate

 

10.98%

 

The fair value of certain loans held for sale that are either non-standard (i.e. loans that cannot be sold through normal sale channels) or non-performing is measured using unobservable inputs. The fair value of such loans is generally based upon estimates of expected cash flows using unobservable inputs including listing prices of comparable assets, uncorroborated expert opinions, and/or management’s knowledge of underlying collateral.

 

14



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Trading securities include corporate debt securities that are valued using a discounted cash flow model with observable market data; however, due to the distressed nature of these bonds, the Company has determined that these securities should be valued as a Level 3 financial instrument.

 

The MSR asset, which is included in other assets within the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, is valued by projecting net servicing cash flows, which are then discounted to estimate the fair value. The fair value of the MSR asset is impacted by a variety of factors. Prepayment rates and discount rates, the most significant unobservable inputs, are discussed further in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Company had no transfers between Levels 1 and 2 during the periods presented.

 

The following table presents the changes in fair value for instruments that are reported at fair value under the Fair Value Option (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Net

 

Noninterest

 

Changes in

 

Net

 

Noninterest

 

Changes in

 

 

 

Losses

 

Income

 

Fair Value

 

Gains

 

Income

 

Fair Value

 

Loans held for sale

 

$

(6,695

)

$

 

$

(6,695

)

$

4,518

 

$

 

$

4,518

 

Mortgage servicing rights asset

 

(7,197

)

 

(7,197

)

2,358

 

 

2,358

 

 

The Company also determines the fair value of certain assets and liabilities on a non-recurring basis. In particular, the fair value of all of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the SWS Merger was determined at the acquisition date. In addition, facts and circumstances may dictate a fair value measurement when there is evidence of impairment. Assets and liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis include the items discussed below.

 

Impaired Loans — The Company reports impaired loans based on the underlying fair value of the collateral through specific allowances within the allowance for loan losses. PCI loans with a fair value of $172.9 million, $822.8 million and $73.5 million were acquired by the Company upon completion of the merger with PlainsCapital (the “PlainsCapital Merger”), the FDIC-assisted transaction (the “FNB Transaction”) whereby the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of First National Bank (“FNB”) and the SWS Merger, respectively (collectively, the “Bank Transactions”). Substantially all PCI loans acquired in the FNB Transaction are covered by FDIC loss-share agreements. The fair value of PCI loans was determined using Level 3 inputs, including estimates of expected cash flows that incorporated significant unobservable inputs regarding default rates, loss severity rates assuming default, prepayment speeds on acquired loans accounted for in pools (“Pooled Loans”), and estimated collateral values.

 

At March 31, 2015, estimates for these significant unobservable inputs were as follows.

 

 

 

PCI Loans

 

 

 

PlainsCapital

 

FNB

 

SWS

 

 

 

Merger

 

Transaction

 

Merger

 

Weighted average default rate

 

47

%

60

%

52

%

Weighted average loss severity rate

 

50

%

39

%

37

%

Weighted average prepayment speed

 

0

%

4

%

0

%

 

The resulting weighted average expected loss on PCI loans associated with the PlainsCapital Merger, FNB Transaction and SWS Merger was 24%, 23% and 19%, respectively.

 

15



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company obtains updated appraisals of the fair value of collateral securing impaired collateral dependent loans at least annually, in accordance with regulatory guidelines. The Company also reviews the fair value of such collateral on a quarterly basis. If the quarterly review indicates that the fair value of the collateral may have deteriorated, the Company will order an updated appraisal of the fair value of the collateral. Since the Company obtains updated appraisals when evidence of a decline in the fair value of collateral exists, it typically does not adjust appraised values.

 

Other Real Estate Owned — The Company reports other real estate owned (“OREO”) at fair value less estimated cost to sell. Any excess of recorded investment over fair value, less cost to sell, is charged against either the allowance for loan losses or the related PCI pool discount when property is initially transferred to OREO. Subsequent to the initial transfer to OREO, downward valuation adjustments are charged against earnings. The Company determines fair value primarily using independent appraisals of OREO properties. The resulting fair value measurements are classified as Level 2 or Level 3 inputs, depending upon the extent to which unobservable inputs determine the fair value measurement. The Company considers a number of factors in determining the extent to which specific fair value measurements utilize unobservable inputs, including, but not limited to, the inherent subjectivity in appraisals, the length of time elapsed since the receipt of independent market price or appraised value, and current market conditions. At March 31, 2015, the most significant unobservable input used in the determination of fair value of OREO was a discount to independent appraisals for estimated holding periods of OREO properties. Such discount was 1% per month for estimated holding periods of 6 to 24 months. Level 3 inputs were used to determine the initial fair value at acquisition of a large group of smaller balance properties that were acquired in the FNB Transaction. In the FNB Transaction, the Bank acquired OREO of $135.2 million, all of which is covered by FDIC loss-share agreements. At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the estimated fair value of covered OREO was $137.7 million and $136.9 million, respectively, and the underlying fair value measurements utilize Level 2 and Level 3 inputs. The fair value of non-covered OREO at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was $6.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and is included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheets.  Level 3 inputs were used to determine the initial fair value at acquisition of properties totaling $5.6 million that were acquired in the SWS Merger.  During the reported periods, all fair value measurements for non-covered OREO subsequent to initial recognition utilized Level 2 inputs.

 

The following table presents information regarding certain assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which a change in fair value has been recorded during reporting periods subsequent to initial recognition (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Gains (Losses) for the

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

March 31, 2015

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Fair Value

 

2015

 

2014

 

Non-covered impaired loans

 

$

 

$

 

$

23,605

 

$

23,605

 

$

349

 

$

(215

)

Covered impaired loans

 

 

 

68,195

 

68,195

 

3,218

 

(1,691

)

Non-covered other real estate owned

 

 

382

 

 

382

 

(28

)

(102

)

Covered other real estate owned

 

 

3,443

 

 

3,443

 

(950

)

(431

)

 

The Fair Value of Financial Instruments Subsection of the ASC requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and liabilities, including the financial assets and liabilities previously discussed. The methods for determining estimated fair value for financial assets and liabilities is described in detail in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s 2014 Form 10-K.

 

16



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The following tables present the carrying values and estimated fair values of financial instruments not measured at fair value on either a recurring or non-recurring basis (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

Amount

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Total

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

708,533

 

$

708,533

 

$

 

$

 

$

708,533

 

Held to maturity securities

 

183,792

 

 

186,032

 

 

186,032

 

Loans held for sale

 

27,056

 

 

27,056

 

 

27,056

 

Non-covered loans, net

 

4,795,322

 

 

608,554

 

4,605,859

 

5,214,413

 

Covered loans, net

 

550,626

 

 

 

704,848

 

704,848

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables

 

2,222,517

 

 

2,222,517

 

 

2,222,517

 

FDIC indemnification asset

 

107,567

 

 

 

107,567

 

107,567

 

Other assets

 

61,362

 

 

45,784

 

15,578

 

61,362

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

7,129,277

 

 

7,138,613

 

 

7,138,613

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization payables

 

1,951,040

 

 

1,951,040

 

 

1,951,040

 

Short-term borrowings

 

999,476

 

 

999,476

 

 

999,476

 

Debt

 

175,694

 

 

169,024

 

 

169,024

 

Other liabilities

 

2,095

 

 

2,095

 

 

2,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Amount

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Inputs

 

Total

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

813,075

 

$

813,075

 

$

 

$

 

$

813,075

 

Held to maturity securities

 

118,209

 

 

118,345

 

 

118,345

 

Loans held for sale

 

37,541

 

 

37,541

 

 

37,541

 

Non-covered loans, net

 

3,883,435

 

 

378,425

 

3,528,769

 

3,907,194

 

Covered loans, net

 

638,029

 

 

 

767,751

 

767,751

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables

 

167,884

 

 

167,884

 

 

167,884

 

FDIC indemnification asset

 

130,437

 

 

 

130,437

 

130,437

 

Other assets

 

59,432

 

 

43,937

 

15,495

 

59,432

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

6,369,892

 

 

6,365,555

 

 

6,365,555

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization payables

 

179,042

 

 

179,042

 

 

179,042

 

Short-term borrowings

 

762,696

 

 

762,696

 

 

762,696

 

Debt

 

123,696

 

 

117,028

 

 

117,028

 

Other liabilities

 

2,144

 

 

2,144

 

 

2,144

 

 

17



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

4. Securities

 

The amortized cost and fair value of available for sale and held to maturity securities are summarized as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

19,386

 

$

400

 

$

(6

)

$

19,780

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

463,619

 

2,164

 

(1,804

)

463,979

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

54,374

 

1,612

 

(6

)

55,980

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

79,050

 

160

 

(1,515

)

77,695

 

Corporate debt securities

 

89,076

 

5,748

 

(24

)

94,800

 

States and political subdivisions

 

130,764

 

2,200

 

(699

)

132,265

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

593

 

50

 

 

643

 

Equity securities

 

13,568

 

505

 

(3

)

14,070

 

Totals

 

$

850,430

 

$

12,839

 

$

(4,057

)

$

859,212

 

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

19,382

 

$

264

 

$

(33

)

$

19,613

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

522,008

 

1,749

 

(7,516

)

516,241

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

51,363

 

1,672

 

(137

)

52,898

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

89,291

 

133

 

(2,300

)

87,124

 

Corporate debt securities

 

93,406

 

5,125

 

(59

)

98,472

 

States and political subdivisions

 

135,419

 

2,083

 

(717

)

136,785

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

593

 

47

 

 

640

 

Equity securities

 

13,293

 

469

 

 

13,762

 

Totals

 

$

924,755

 

$

11,542

 

$

(10,762

)

$

925,535

 

 

 

 

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

25,006

 

$

 

$

 

$

25,006

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

22,348

 

192

 

 

22,540

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

28,907

 

793

 

 

29,700

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

98,767

 

1,188

 

 

99,955

 

States and political subdivisions

 

8,764

 

67

 

 

8,831

 

Totals

 

$

183,792

 

$

2,240

 

$

 

$

186,032

 

 

 

 

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Fair Value

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

25,008

 

$

 

$

(6

)

$

25,002

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

29,782

 

528

 

 

30,310

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

57,328

 

 

(430

)

56,898

 

States and political subdivisions

 

6,091

 

47

 

(3

)

6,135

 

Totals

 

$

118,209

 

$

575

 

$

(439

)

$

118,345

 

 

18



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Information regarding available for sale securities that were in an unrealized loss position is shown in the following tables (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Number of

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Securities

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Securities

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

3

 

$

3,856

 

$

6

 

4

 

$

7,703

 

$

27

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

 

 

 

1

 

1,706

 

6

 

 

 

3

 

3,856

 

6

 

5

 

9,409

 

33

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

11

 

192,178

 

920

 

3

 

34,847

 

153

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

3

 

44,460

 

884

 

22

 

373,035

 

7,363

 

 

 

14

 

236,638

 

1,804

 

25

 

407,882

 

7,516

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

1

 

1,055

 

2

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

1

 

1,984

 

4

 

4

 

11,056

 

137

 

 

 

2

 

3,039

 

6

 

4

 

11,056

 

137

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

3

 

3,421

 

6

 

3

 

7,141

 

40

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

7

 

56,820

 

1,509

 

8

 

61,108

 

2,260

 

 

 

10

 

60,241

 

1,515

 

11

 

68,249

 

2,300

 

Corporate debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

1

 

1,973

 

24

 

1

 

1,939

 

59

 

 

 

1

 

1,973

 

24

 

1

 

1,939

 

59

 

States and political subdivisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

9

 

6,282

 

39

 

7

 

4,432

 

7

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

60

 

40,631

 

660

 

81

 

54,178

 

710

 

 

 

69

 

46,913

 

699

 

88

 

58,610

 

717

 

Equity securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

1

 

111

 

3

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

111

 

3

 

 

 

 

Total available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

28

 

206,903

 

976

 

17

 

54,123

 

227

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

72

 

145,868

 

3,081

 

117

 

503,022

 

10,535

 

 

 

100

 

$

352,771

 

$

4,057

 

134

 

$

557,145

 

$

10,762

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

Number of

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Securities

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Securities

 

Fair Value

 

Losses

 

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

 

$

 

$

 

1

 

$

25,002

 

$

6

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

25,002

 

6

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

 

 

 

2

 

56,898

 

430

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

56,898

 

430

 

States and political subdivisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

 

 

 

4

 

1,899

 

3

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

1,899

 

3

 

Total held to maturity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss for less than twelve months

 

 

 

 

7

 

83,799

 

439

 

Unrealized loss for twelve months or longer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

7

 

$

83,799

 

$

439

 

 

19



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not record any other-than-temporary impairments. While all of the investments are monitored for potential other-than-temporary impairment, the Company’s analysis and experience indicate that these available for sale investments generally do not present a significant risk of other-than-temporary-impairment, as fair value should recover over time. Factors considered in the Company’s analysis include the reasons for the unrealized loss position, the severity and duration of the unrealized loss position, credit worthiness, and forecasted performance of the investee. While some of the securities held in the investment portfolio have decreased in value since the date of acquisition, the severity of loss and the duration of the loss position are not believed to be significant enough to warrant other-than-temporary impairment of the securities. The Company does not intend, nor is it likely that the Company will be required, to sell these securities before the recovery of the cost basis. Therefore, management does not believe any other-than-temporary impairments exist at March 31, 2015.

 

Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties. The amortized cost and fair value of securities, excluding trading and available for sale equity securities, at March 31, 2015 are shown by contractual maturity below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Available for Sale

 

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

 

Cost

 

Fair Value

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

25,350

 

$

25,656

 

$

26,399

 

$

26,403

 

Due after one year through five years

 

70,106

 

73,888

 

23,657

 

23,861

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

64,290

 

68,384

 

1,187

 

1,191

 

Due after ten years

 

543,099

 

542,896

 

4,875

 

4,922

 

 

 

702,845

 

710,824

 

56,118

 

56,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

54,374

 

55,980

 

28,907

 

29,700

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

79,050

 

77,695

 

98,767

 

99,955

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

593

 

643

 

 

 

 

 

$

836,862

 

$

845,142

 

$

183,792

 

$

186,032

 

 

The Company realized net gains of $3.4 million and $0.6 million from its trading securities portfolio during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, which are recorded as a component of other noninterest income within the consolidated statements of operations.

 

Securities with a carrying amount of $859.3 million and $895.5 million (with a fair value of $862.7 million and $890.3 million, respectively) at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, were pledged to secure public and trust deposits, federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

 

Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations consist principally of Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) pass-through and participation certificates. GNMA securities are guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States, while FNMA and FHLMC securities are fully guaranteed by those respective United States government-sponsored agencies, and conditionally guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the United States.

 

At both March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, NLC had investments on deposit in custody for various state insurance departments with carrying values of $9.2 million.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

5. Non-Covered Loans and Allowance for Non-Covered Loan Losses

 

Non-covered loans refer to loans not covered by the FDIC loss-share agreements. Covered loans are discussed in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements. Non-covered loans summarized by portfolio segment are as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Commercial and industrial (1)

 

$

2,221,727

 

$

1,758,851

 

Real estate

 

2,067,259

 

1,694,835

 

Construction and land development

 

493,293

 

413,643

 

Consumer

 

52,408

 

53,147

 

 

 

4,834,687

 

3,920,476

 

Allowance for non-covered loan losses

 

(39,365

)

(37,041

)

Total non-covered loans, net of allowance

 

$

4,795,322

 

$

3,883,435

 

 


(1)  Includes margin loans to customers and correspondents of $608.6 million and $378.4 million atMarch 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

The Bank has lending policies in place with the goal of establishing an asset portfolio that will provide a return on stockholders’ equity sufficient to maintain capital to assets ratios that meet or exceed established regulations. Loans are underwritten with careful consideration of the borrower’s financial condition, the specific purpose of the loan, the primary sources of repayment and any collateral pledged to secure the loan.

 

Underwriting procedures address financial components based on the size or complexity of the credit. The financial components include, but are not limited to, current and projected cash flows, shock analysis and/or stress testing, and trends in appropriate balance sheet and statement of operations ratios. Collateral analysis includes a complete description of the collateral, as well as determining values, monitoring requirements, loan to value ratios, concentration risk, appraisal requirements and other information relevant to the collateral being pledged. Guarantor analysis includes liquidity and cash flow analysis based on the significance the guarantors are expected to serve as secondary repayment sources. The Bank’s underwriting standards are governed by adherence to its loan policy. The loan policy provides for specific guidelines by portfolio segment, including commercial and industrial, real estate, construction and land development, and consumer loans. Within each individual portfolio segment, permissible and impermissible loan types are explicitly outlined. Within the loan types, minimum requirements for the underwriting factors listed above are provided.

 

The Bank maintains a loan review department that reviews credit risk in response to both external and internal factors that potentially impact the performance of either individual loans or the overall loan portfolio. The loan review process reviews the creditworthiness of borrowers and determines compliance with the loan policy. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel.  Results of these reviews are presented to management and the Bank’s board of directors.

 

In connection with the Bank Transactions, the Company acquired non-covered loans both with and without evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. The following table presents the carrying values and the outstanding balances of the non-covered PCI loans (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Carrying amount

 

$

114,868

 

$

48,909

 

Outstanding balance

 

151,037

 

67,740

 

 

21



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Changes in the accretable yield for the non-covered PCI loans were as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

12,814

 

$

17,601

 

Additions

 

14,579

 

 

Reclassifications from (to) nonaccretable difference, net (1)

 

281

 

3,475

 

Disposals of loans

 

(448

)

(603

)

Accretion

 

(2,749

)

(2,760

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

24,477

 

$

17,713

 

 


(1)  Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference are primarily due to net increases in expected cash flows in the quarterly recasts. Reclassifications to nonaccretable difference occur when accruing loans are moved to nonaccrual and expected cash flows are no longer predictable and the accretable yield is eliminated.

 

The remaining nonaccretable difference for non-covered PCI loans was $48.5 million and $18.4 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

Impaired loans exhibit a clear indication that the borrower’s cash flow may not be sufficient to meet principal and interest payments, which is generally when a loan is 90 days past due unless the asset is both well secured and in the process of collection. Non-covered impaired loans include non-accrual loans, troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”), PCI loans and partially charged-off loans.

 

The amounts shown in following tables include loans accounted for on an individual basis, as well as Pooled Loans. For Pooled Loans, the recorded investment with allowance and the related allowance consider impairment measured at the pool level. Non-covered impaired loans are summarized by class in the following tables (in thousands).

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual

 

Investment with

 

Investment with

 

Recorded

 

Related

 

March 31, 2015

 

Principal Balance

 

No Allowance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Allowance

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

75,888

 

$

29,554

 

$

9,934

 

$

39,488

 

$

3,081

 

Unsecured

 

3,727

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

88,406

 

48,941

 

14,306

 

63,247

 

2,039

 

Secured by residential properties

 

27,651

 

20,233

 

1,203

 

21,436

 

92

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

400

 

233

 

 

233

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

16,205

 

8,153

 

2,101

 

10,254

 

134

 

Consumer

 

5,215

 

97

 

1,452

 

1,549

 

45

 

 

 

$

217,492

 

$

107,211

 

$

28,996

 

$

136,207

 

$

5,391

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual

 

Investment with

 

Investment with

 

Recorded

 

Related

 

December 31, 2014

 

Principal Balance

 

No Allowance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Allowance

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

51,036

 

$

14,096

 

$

11,783

 

$

25,879

 

$

3,341

 

Unsecured

 

4,120

 

92

 

68

 

160

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

29,865

 

7,243

 

15,536

 

22,779

 

1,878

 

Secured by residential properties

 

4,701

 

1,583

 

1,390

 

2,973

 

85

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

16,108

 

8,062

 

1,819

 

9,881

 

154

 

Consumer

 

5,785

 

171

 

1,967

 

2,138

 

282

 

 

 

$

111,615

 

$

31,247

 

$

32,563

 

$

63,810

 

$

5,740

 

 

22



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Average investment in non-covered impaired loans is summarized by class in the following table (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

32,684

 

$

33,997

 

Unsecured

 

80

 

1,335

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

43,013

 

32,874

 

Secured by residential properties

 

12,205

 

2,852

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

117

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

10,068

 

17,718

 

Consumer

 

1,844

 

4,120

 

 

 

$

100,011

 

$

92,896

 

 

Non-covered non-accrual loans, excluding those classified as held for sale, are summarized by class in the following table (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

23,141

 

$

16,488

 

Unsecured

 

81

 

160

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

420

 

438

 

Secured by residential properties

 

693

 

1,253

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

726

 

703

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

$

25,061

 

$

19,042

 

 

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, non-covered non-accrual loans included non-covered PCI loans of $6.1 million and $6.6 million, respectively, for which discount accretion has been suspended because the extent and timing of cash flows from these non-covered PCI loans can no longer be reasonably estimated. In addition to the non-covered non-accrual loans in the table above, $1.4 million and $3.0 million of real estate loans secured by residential properties and classified as held for sale were in non-accrual status at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

Interest income including recoveries and cash payments recorded on non-covered impaired loans was $0.6 million and $1.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

The Bank classifies loan modifications as TDRs when it concludes that it has both granted a concession to a debtor and that the debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. Loan modifications are typically structured to create affordable payments for the debtor and can be achieved in a variety of ways. The Bank modifies loans by reducing interest rates and/or lengthening loan amortization schedules. The Bank also reconfigures a single loan into two or more loans (“A/B Note”). The typical A/B Note restructure results in a “bad” loan which is charged off and a “good” loan or loans the terms of which comply with the Bank’s customary underwriting policies. The debt charged off on the “bad” loan is not forgiven to the debtor.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The outstanding balance of TDRs granted in the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, is shown in the following tables (in thousands). At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Bank had $0.6 million and $0.5 million in unadvanced commitments to borrowers whose loans have been restructured in TDRs.

 

 

 

Recorded Investment in Loans Modified by

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate

 

Payment Term

 

Total

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 

A/B Note

 

Adjustment

 

Extension

 

Modification

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by residential properties

 

 

 

 

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

 

 

75

 

75

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

75

 

$

75

 

 

 

 

Recorded Investment in Loans Modified by

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate

 

Payment Term

 

Total

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

 

A/B Note

 

Adjustment

 

Extension

 

Modification

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

 

 

345

 

345

 

Secured by residential properties

 

 

 

258

 

258

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

 

 

142

 

142

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

745

 

$

745

 

 

There were no TDRs granted in the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, for which a payment was at least 30 days past due in the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

An analysis of the aging of the Bank’s non-covered loan portfolio is shown in the following tables (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Non-PCI)

 

 

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Total

 

Current

 

PCI

 

Total

 

Past Due

 

March 31, 2015

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

90 Days or More

 

Past Due Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

90 Days or More

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

2,451

 

$

7,216

 

$

9,449

 

$

19,116

 

$

2,073,061

 

$

19,903

 

$

2,112,080

 

$

 

Unsecured

 

285

 

 

 

285

 

109,362

 

 

109,647

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

346

 

 

 

346

 

1,306,125

 

62,827

 

1,369,298

 

 

Secured by residential properties

 

955

 

147

 

 

1,102

 

676,031

 

20,828

 

697,961

 

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

297

 

 

 

297

 

74,601

 

233

 

75,131

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

13,335

 

 

600

 

13,935

 

394,699

 

9,528

 

418,162

 

 

Consumer

 

356

 

19

 

 

375

 

50,484

 

1,549

 

52,408

 

 

 

 

$

18,025

 

$

7,382

 

$

10,049

 

$

35,456

 

$

4,684,363

 

$

114,868

 

$

4,834,687

 

$

 

 

24



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Non-PCI)

 

 

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Total

 

Current

 

PCI

 

Total

 

Past Due

 

December 31, 2014

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

90 Days or More

 

Past Due Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

90 Days or More

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

6,073

 

$

964

 

$

8,022

 

$

15,059

 

$

1,620,000

 

$

13,374

 

$

1,648,433

 

$

 

Unsecured

 

35

 

3

 

 

38

 

110,312

 

68

 

110,418

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

67

 

 

 

67

 

1,173,504

 

22,341

 

1,195,912

 

 

Secured by residential properties

 

454

 

1,187

 

 

1,641

 

495,472

 

1,810

 

498,923

 

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

175

 

 

 

175

 

64,871

 

 

65,046

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

4,319

 

 

575

 

4,894

 

334,525

 

9,178

 

348,597

 

 

Consumer

 

414

 

37

 

 

451

 

50,558

 

2,138

 

53,147

 

 

 

 

$

11,537

 

$

2,191

 

$

8,597

 

$

22,325

 

$

3,849,242

 

$

48,909

 

$

3,920,476

 

$

 

 

In addition to the non-covered loans shown in the table above, $24.2 million and $19.2 million of loans included in loans held for sale were 90 days past due and accruing interest at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. These loans are guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and include loans that are subject to repurchase, or have been repurchased, by PrimeLending.

 

Management tracks credit quality trends on a quarterly basis related to: (i) past due levels, (ii) non-performing asset levels, (iii) classified loan levels, (iv) net charge-offs, and (v) general economic conditions in the state and local markets.

 

The Bank utilizes a risk grading matrix to assign a risk grade to each of the loans in its portfolio. A risk rating is assigned based on an assessment of the borrower’s management, collateral position, financial capacity, and economic factors. The general characteristics of the various risk grades are described below.

 

Pass — “Pass” loans present a range of acceptable risks to the Bank. Loans that would be considered virtually risk-free are rated Pass — low risk.  Loans that exhibit sound standards based on the grading factors above and present a reasonable risk to the Bank are rated Pass — normal risk.  Loans that exhibit a minor weakness in one or more of the grading criteria but still present an acceptable risk to the Bank are rated Pass — high risk.

 

Special Mention — “Special Mention” loans have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in a deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loans and weaken the Bank’s credit position at some future date. Special Mention loans are not adversely classified and do not expose the Bank to sufficient risk to require adverse classification.

 

Substandard — “Substandard” loans are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified must have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Bank will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Many substandard loans are considered impaired.

 

PCI — “PCI” loans exhibited evidence of credit deterioration at acquisition that made it probable that all contractually required principal payments would not be collected.

 

25



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The following tables present the internal risk grades of non-covered loans, as previously described, in the portfolio by class (in thousands).

 

March 31, 2015

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

PCI

 

Total

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

2,029,291

 

$

878

 

$

62,008

 

$

19,903

 

$

2,112,080

 

Unsecured

 

109,555

 

 

92

 

 

109,647

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

1,284,575

 

702

 

21,194

 

62,827

 

1,369,298

 

Secured by residential properties

 

672,096

 

1,353

 

3,684

 

20,828

 

697,961

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

74,898

 

 

 

233

 

75,131

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

407,387

 

 

1,247

 

9,528

 

418,162

 

Consumer

 

50,822

 

 

37

 

1,549

 

52,408

 

 

 

$

4,628,624

 

$

2,933

 

$

88,262

 

$

114,868

 

$

4,834,687

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

PCI

 

Total

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

1,566,208

 

$

1,105

 

$

67,746

 

$

13,374

 

$

1,648,433

 

Unsecured

 

110,256

 

 

94

 

68

 

110,418

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

1,151,454

 

712

 

21,405

 

22,341

 

1,195,912

 

Secured by residential properties

 

492,549

 

 

4,564

 

1,810

 

498,923

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

65,046

 

 

 

 

65,046

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

338,078

 

 

1,341

 

9,178

 

348,597

 

Consumer

 

50,968

 

 

41

 

2,138

 

53,147

 

 

 

$

3,774,559

 

$

1,817

 

$

95,191

 

$

48,909

 

$

3,920,476

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the existing portfolio of loans.

 

It is management’s responsibility at the end of each quarter, or more frequently as deemed necessary, to analyze the level of the allowance for loan losses to ensure that it is appropriate for the estimated credit losses in the portfolio consistent with the Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses and the Receivables and Contingencies Topics of the ASC. Estimated credit losses are the probable current amount of loans that the Company will be unable to collect given facts and circumstances as of the evaluation date. When management determines that a loan or portion thereof is uncollectible, the loan, or portion thereof, is charged off against the allowance for loan losses, or for acquired loans accounted for in pools, charged against the pool discount. Recoveries on charge-offs of loans acquired in the Bank Transactions that occurred prior to their acquisition represent contractual cash flows not expected to be collected and are recorded as accretion income. Recoveries on acquired loans charged-off subsequent to their acquisition are credited to the allowance for loan loss, except for recoveries on loans accounted for in pools, which are credited to the pool discount. The Bank’s loan portfolio is designated into two populations: acquired loans and originated loans. The allowance for loan losses is calculated separately for acquired and originated loans.

 

PCI loans acquired in the PlainsCapital Merger are accounted for on an individual loan basis, while PCI loans acquired in each of the FNB Transaction and SWS Merger are accounted for both in pools and at the individual loan level. Cash flows expected to be collected are recast quarterly for each loan or pool. These evaluations require the continued use and updating of key assumptions and estimates such as default rates, loss severity given default and prepayment speed assumptions (similar to those used for the initial fair value estimate). Management judgment must be applied in developing these assumptions. If expected cash flows for a loan or pool decreases, an increase in the allowance for loan losses is made through a charge to the provision for loan losses. If expected cash flows for a loan or pool increase, any previously established allowance for loan losses is reversed and any remaining difference increases the accretable yield which will be taken into income over the remaining life of the loan.

 

26



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The allowance for both originated and acquired loans is subject to regulatory examinations and determinations as to appropriateness, which may take into account such factors as the methodology used to calculate the allowance and the size of the allowance.

 

Changes in the allowance for non-covered loan losses, distributed by portfolio segment, are shown below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

18,999

 

$

11,131

 

$

6,450

 

$

461

 

$

37,041

 

Provision charged to (recapture from) operations

 

1,871

 

1,807

 

(608

)

(276

)

2,794

 

Loans charged off

 

(942

)

(278

)

 

(34

)

(1,254

)

Recoveries on charged off loans

 

715

 

44

 

 

25

 

784

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

20,643

 

$

12,704

 

$

5,842

 

$

176

 

$

39,365

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

16,865

 

$

8,331

 

$

7,957

 

$

88

 

$

33,241

 

Provision charged to (recapture from) operations

 

(57

)

1,319

 

17

 

109

 

1,388

 

Loans charged off

 

(807

)

 

 

(74

)

(881

)

Recoveries on charged off loans

 

725

 

32

 

122

 

18

 

897

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

16,726

 

$

9,682

 

$

8,096

 

$

141

 

$

34,645

 

 

The non-covered loan portfolio was distributed by portfolio segment and impairment methodology as shown below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

17,785

 

$

106

 

$

525

 

$

 

$

18,416

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

2,184,039

 

1,983,498

 

483,007

 

50,859

 

4,701,403

 

PCI Loans

 

19,903

 

83,655

 

9,761

 

1,549

 

114,868

 

 

 

$

2,221,727

 

$

2,067,259

 

$

493,293

 

$

52,408

 

$

4,834,687

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

11,842

 

$

1,420

 

$

703

 

$

 

$

13,965

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

1,733,567

 

1,669,264

 

403,762

 

51,009

 

3,857,602

 

PCI Loans

 

13,442

 

24,151

 

9,178

 

2,138

 

48,909

 

 

 

$

1,758,851

 

$

1,694,835

 

$

413,643

 

$

53,147

 

$

3,920,476

 

 

The allowance for non-covered loan losses was distributed by portfolio segment and impairment methodology as shown below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

457

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

457

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

17,562

 

10,573

 

5,708

 

131

 

33,974

 

PCI Loans

 

2,624

 

2,131

 

134

 

45

 

4,934

 

 

 

$

20,643

 

$

12,704

 

$

5,842

 

$

176

 

$

39,365

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

421

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

421

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

15,658

 

9,168

 

6,296

 

179

 

31,301

 

PCI Loans

 

2,920

 

1,963

 

154

 

282

 

5,319

 

 

 

$

18,999

 

$

11,131

 

$

6,450

 

$

461

 

$

37,041

 

 

27



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

6. Covered Assets and Indemnification Asset

 

The Bank assumed substantially all of the liabilities, including all of the deposits, and acquired substantially all of the assets of FNB in an FDIC-assisted transaction on September 13, 2013, the FNB Transaction. As part of the Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the FDIC (as receiver of FNB), the Bank and the FDIC (the “P&A Agreement”), the Bank and the FDIC entered into loss-share agreements covering future losses incurred on certain acquired loans and OREO. The Company refers to acquired commercial and single family residential loan portfolios and OREO that are subject to the loss-share agreements as “covered loans” and “covered OREO”, respectively, and these assets are presented as separate line items in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Collectively, covered loans and covered OREO are referred to as “covered assets”. Pursuant to the loss-share agreements, the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Bank the following amounts with respect to the covered assets: (i) 80% of losses on the first $240.4 million of losses incurred; (ii) 0% of losses in excess of $240.4 million up to and including $365.7 million of losses incurred; and (iii) 80% of losses in excess of $365.7 million of losses incurred. The Bank has also agreed to reimburse the FDIC for any subsequent recoveries. The loss-share agreements for commercial and single family residential loans are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, from September 13, 2013 (the “Bank Closing Date”), and the loss recovery provisions to the FDIC are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from the Bank Closing Date. The asset arising from the loss-share agreements, referred to as the “FDIC Indemnification Asset,” is measured separately from the covered loan portfolio because the agreements are not contractually embedded in the covered loans and are not transferable should the Bank choose to dispose of the covered loans.

 

In accordance with the loss-share agreements, the Bank may be required to make a “true-up” payment to the FDIC approximately ten years following the Bank Closing Date if the FDIC’s initial estimate of losses on covered assets is greater than the actual realized losses. The “true-up” payment is calculated using a defined formula set forth in the P&A Agreement.

 

Covered Loans and Allowance for Covered Loan Losses

 

Loans acquired in the FNB Transaction that are subject to a loss-share agreement are referred to as “covered loans” and reported separately in the consolidated balance sheets. Covered loans are reported exclusive of the cash flow reimbursements that may be received from the FDIC.

 

The Bank’s portfolio of acquired covered loans had a fair value of $1.1 billion as of the Bank Closing Date, with no carryover of any allowance for loan losses. Acquired covered loans were preliminarily segregated between those considered to be PCI loans and those without credit impairment at acquisition.

 

In connection with the FNB Transaction, the Bank acquired loans both with and without evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. The Company’s accounting policies for acquired covered loans, including covered PCI loans, are consistent with that of acquired non-covered loans, as described in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. The Company has established under its PCI accounting policy a framework to aggregate certain acquired covered loans into various loan pools based on a minimum of two layers of common risk characteristics for the purpose of determining their respective fair values as of their acquisition dates, and for applying the subsequent recognition and measurement provisions for income accretion and impairment testing.

 

28



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The following table presents the carrying value of the covered loans summarized by portfolio segment (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

22,349

 

$

30,780

 

Real estate

 

478,040

 

552,850

 

Construction and land development

 

51,625

 

59,010

 

Consumer

 

 

 

Total covered loans

 

552,014

 

642,640

 

Allowance for covered loans

 

(1,388

)

(4,611

)

Total covered loans, net of allowance

 

$

550,626

 

$

638,029

 

 

The following table presents the carrying value and the outstanding contractual balance of the covered PCI loans (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Carrying amount

 

$

360,095

 

$

435,388

 

Outstanding balance

 

599,104

 

685,393

 

 

Changes in the accretable yield for the covered PCI loans were as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

193,493

 

$

156,548

 

Additions

 

 

 

Reclassifications from (to) nonaccretable difference, net (1)

 

16,263

 

30,710

 

Transfer of loans to covered OREO (2)

 

1,172

 

5,261

 

Accretion

 

(16,931

)

(16,050

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

193,997

 

$

176,469

 

 


(1) Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference are primarily due to net increases in expected cash flows in the quarterly recasts. Reclassifications to nonaccretable difference occur when accruing loans are moved to nonaccrual and expected cash flows are no longer predictable and the accretable yield is eliminated.

(2) Transfer of loans to covered OREO is the difference between the value removed from the pool and the expected cash flows for the loan.

 

The remaining nonaccretable difference for covered PCI loans was $332.5 million and $382.5 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

Covered impaired loans include non-accrual loans, TDRs, PCI loans and partially charged-off loans. Substantially all covered impaired loans are PCI loans. The amounts shown in following tables include Pooled Loans, as well as loans accounted for on an individual basis. For Pooled Loans, the recorded investment with allowance and the related allowance consider impairment measured at the pool level.

 

29



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Covered impaired loans are summarized by class in the following tables (in thousands).

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual

 

Investment with

 

Investment with

 

Recorded

 

Related

 

March 31, 2015

 

Principal Balance

 

No Allowance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Allowance

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

23,821

 

$

6,398

 

$

5,870

 

$

12,268

 

$

324

 

Unsecured

 

13,217

 

1,693

 

3,204

 

4,897

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

335,149

 

119,551

 

59,208

 

178,759

 

906

 

Secured by residential properties

 

219,650

 

127,424

 

415

 

127,839

 

1

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

2,321

 

1,013

 

287

 

1,300

 

85

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

85,813

 

38,554

 

527

 

39,081

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

679,971

 

$

294,633

 

$

69,511

 

$

364,144

 

$

1,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

 

Recorded

 

Recorded

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Contractual

 

Investment with

 

Investment with

 

Recorded

 

Related

 

December 31, 2014

 

Principal Balance

 

No Allowance

 

Allowance

 

Investment

 

Allowance

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

26,447

 

$

7,436

 

$

6,636

 

$

14,072

 

$

265

 

Unsecured

 

14,111

 

2,107

 

4,697

 

6,804

 

882

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

387,302

 

193,111

 

35,142

 

228,253

 

2,381

 

Secured by residential properties

 

235,505

 

129,571

 

12,918

 

142,489

 

937

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

2,749

 

1,018

 

354

 

1,372

 

69

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

94,949

 

45,646

 

 

45,646

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

761,063

 

$

378,889

 

$

59,747

 

$

438,636

 

$

4,534

 

 

Average investment in covered impaired loans is summarized by class in the following table (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

13,170

 

$

25,381

 

Unsecured

 

5,851

 

9,429

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

203,506

 

352,334

 

Secured by residential properties

 

135,164

 

193,681

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

1,336

 

3,534

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

42,364

 

106,183

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

$

401,391

 

$

690,542

 

 

30



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Covered non-accrual loans, excluding those classified as held for sale, are summarized by class in the following table (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

585

 

$

442

 

Unsecured

 

 

883

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

11,504

 

30,823

 

Secured by residential properties

 

1,620

 

1,046

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

1,013

 

1,018

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

27

 

11

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

$

14,749

 

$

34,223

 

 

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, covered non-accrual loans included covered PCI loans of $11.0 million and $31.2 million, respectively, for which discount accretion has been suspended because the extent and timing of cash flows from these covered PCI loans can no longer be reasonably estimated.

 

Interest income recorded on covered accruing impaired loans and on covered non-accrual loans during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was nominal. Except as noted above, covered PCI loans are considered to be performing due to the application of the accretion method.

 

The Bank classifies loan modifications of covered loans as TDRs in a manner consistent with that of non-covered loans as discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. The outstanding balance of TDRs granted in the three months ended March 31, 2015 is shown in the following table (in thousands). Pooled Loans are not in the scope of the disclosure requirements for TDRs. There were no TDRs granted during the period from September 14, 2013 through March 31, 2014. At March 31, 2015, the Bank had nominal unadvanced commitments to borrowers whose loans have been restructured in TDRs.

 

 

 

Recorded Investment in Loans Modified by

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Rate

 

Payment Term

 

Total

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 

A/B Note

 

Adjustment

 

Extension

 

Modification

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

 

 

573

 

573

 

Secured by residential properties

 

 

 

280

 

280

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

$

853

 

$

853

 

 

31



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The following table presents information regarding TDRs granted in the three months ended March 31, 2015 for which a payment was at least 30 days past due in the three months ended March 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Number of

 

Recorded

 

 

 

Loans

 

Investment

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

 

$

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

 

 

Secured by residential properties

 

1

 

280

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

$

280

 

 

An analysis of the aging of the Bank’s covered loan portfolio is shown in the following tables (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Non-PCI)

 

 

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Total

 

Current

 

PCI

 

Total

 

Past Due

 

March 31, 2015

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

90 Days or More

 

Past Due Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

90 Days or More

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

9

 

$

 

$

592

 

$

601

 

$

4,458

 

$

11,683

 

$

16,742

 

$

7

 

Unsecured

 

 

 

8

 

8

 

702

 

4,897

 

5,607

 

8

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

 

 

209

 

209

 

37,950

 

178,288

 

216,447

 

105

 

Secured by residential properties

 

3,010

 

416

 

724

 

4,150

 

131,557

 

125,886

 

261,593

 

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

121

 

892

 

1,013

 

267

 

287

 

1,567

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

22

 

 

8

 

30

 

10,974

 

39,054

 

50,058

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

3,041

 

$

537

 

$

2,433

 

$

6,011

 

$

185,908

 

$

360,095

 

$

552,014

 

$

120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruing Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Non-PCI)

 

 

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Loans Past Due

 

Total

 

Current

 

PCI

 

Total

 

Past Due

 

December 31, 2014

 

30-59 Days

 

60-89 Days

 

90 Days or More

 

Past Due Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

90 Days or More

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

 

$

 

$

454

 

$

454

 

$

8,681

 

$

13,630

 

$

22,765

 

$

11

 

Unsecured

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

1,200

 

6,805

 

8,015

 

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

876

 

 

105

 

981

 

41,576

 

227,772

 

270,329

 

 

Secured by residential properties

 

3,089

 

493

 

405

 

3,987

 

137,342

 

141,192

 

282,521

 

48

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

 

 

896

 

896

 

390

 

354

 

1,640

 

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

39

 

25

 

8

 

72

 

11,663

 

45,635

 

57,370

 

8

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4,014

 

$

518

 

$

1,868

 

$

6,400

 

$

200,852

 

$

435,388

 

$

642,640

 

$

67

 

 

32



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The Bank assigns a risk grade to each of its covered loans in a manner consistent with the existing loan review program and risk grading matrix used for non-covered loans, as described in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. The following tables present the internal risk grades of covered loans in the portfolio by class (in thousands).

 

March 31, 2015

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

PCI

 

Total

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

3,500

 

$

 

$

1,559

 

$

11,683

 

$

16,742

 

Unsecured

 

702

 

 

8

 

4,897

 

5,607

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

32,228

 

 

5,931

 

178,288

 

216,447

 

Secured by residential properties

 

128,453

 

 

7,254

 

125,886

 

261,593

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

267

 

 

1,013

 

287

 

1,567

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

8,778

 

 

2,226

 

39,054

 

50,058

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

173,928

 

$

 

$

17,991

 

$

360,095

 

$

552,014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

PCI

 

Total

 

Commercial and industrial:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured

 

$

7,712

 

$

 

$

1,423

 

$

13,630

 

$

22,765

 

Unsecured

 

1,210

 

 

 

6,805

 

8,015

 

Real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured by commercial properties

 

35,973

 

 

6,584

 

227,772

 

270,329

 

Secured by residential properties

 

133,756

 

 

7,573

 

141,192

 

282,521

 

Construction and land development:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential construction loans

 

268

 

 

1,018

 

354

 

1,640

 

Commercial construction loans and land development

 

9,501

 

 

2,234

 

45,635

 

57,370

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

188,420

 

$

 

$

18,832

 

$

435,388

 

$

642,640

 

 

The Bank’s impairment methodology for the covered loans is consistent with that of non-covered loans as discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. To the extent there is experienced or projected credit deterioration on the acquired covered loan pools subsequent to amounts estimated at the previous quarterly recast date and expected cash flows for a loan or pool decreases, an increase in the allowance for loan losses is made through a charge to the provision for loan losses. If expected cash flows for a loan or pool increase, any previously established allowance for loan losses is reversed and any remaining difference increases the accretable yield which will be taken into income over the remaining life of the loan. Additionally, provision for credit losses will be recorded on advances on covered loans subsequent to the acquisition date in a manner consistent with the allowance for non-covered loan losses.

 

Changes in the allowance for covered loan losses, distributed by portfolio segment, are shown below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

1,193

 

$

3,334

 

$

84

 

$

 

$

4,611

 

Provision charged to (recapture from) operations

 

71

 

(192

)

14

 

 

(107

)

Loans charged off

 

(900

)

(2,215

)

(1

)

 

(3,116

)

Recoveries on charged off loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

364

 

$

927

 

$

97

 

$

 

$

1,388

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

1,053

 

$

8

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,061

 

Provision charged to (recapture from) operations

 

(30

)

1,732

 

152

 

 

1,854

 

Loans charged off

 

(91

)

(44

)

(115

)

 

(250

)

Recoveries on charged off loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

932

 

$

1,696

 

$

37

 

$

 

$

2,665

 

 

33



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The covered loan portfolio was distributed by portfolio segment and impairment methodology as shown below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

510

 

$

 

$

801

 

$

 

$

1,311

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

5,259

 

173,866

 

11,483

 

 

190,608

 

PCI Loans

 

16,580

 

304,174

 

39,341

 

 

360,095

 

 

 

$

22,349

 

$

478,040

 

$

51,625

 

$

 

$

552,014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

801

 

$

 

$

801

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

10,345

 

183,886

 

12,220

 

 

206,451

 

PCI Loans

 

20,435

 

368,964

 

45,989

 

 

435,388

 

 

 

$

30,780

 

$

552,850

 

$

59,010

 

$

 

$

642,640

 

 

The allowance for covered loan losses was distributed by portfolio segment and impairment methodology as shown below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

40

 

20

 

12

 

 

72

 

PCI Loans

 

324

 

907

 

85

 

 

1,316

 

 

 

$

364

 

$

927

 

$

97

 

$

 

$

1,388

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and

 

 

 

Construction and

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

Industrial

 

Real Estate

 

Land Development

 

Consumer

 

Total

 

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

 

46

 

16

 

15

 

 

77

 

PCI Loans

 

1,147

 

3,318

 

69

 

 

4,534

 

 

 

$

1,193

 

$

3,334

 

$

84

 

$

 

$

4,611

 

 

Covered Other Real Estate Owned

 

A summary of the activity in covered OREO is as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

136,945

 

$

142,833

 

Additions to covered OREO

 

24,042

 

23,190

 

Dispositions of covered OREO

 

(22,334

)

(13,282

)

Valuation adjustments in the period

 

(950

)

(431

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

137,703

 

$

152,310

 

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, the Bank wrote down certain covered OREO assets to fair value to reflect new appraisals on certain OREO acquired in the FNB Transaction and OREO acquired from the foreclosure on certain FNB loans acquired in the FNB Transaction. Although the Bank recorded a fair value discount on the acquired assets upon acquisition, in some cases additional downward valuations were required.

 

These additional downward valuation adjustments reflect changes to the assumptions regarding the fair value of the OREO, including in some cases the intended use of the OREO due to the availability of more information as well as the passage of time. The process of determining fair value is subjective in nature and requires the use of significant estimates and assumptions. Although the Bank makes market-based assumptions when valuing acquired assets, new information may come

 

34



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

to light that causes estimates to increase or decrease. When the Bank determines, based on subsequent information, that its estimates require adjustment, the Bank records the adjustment. The accounting for such adjustments requires that the decreases to fair value be recorded at the time such new information is received, while increases to fair value are recorded when the asset is subsequently sold. All of the impairments recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 related to covered assets subject to the loss-share agreements with the FDIC.

 

FDIC Indemnification Asset

 

A summary of the activity in the FDIC Indemnification Asset is as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

130,437

 

$

188,291

 

FDIC Indemnification Asset accretion (amortization)

 

506

 

1,357

 

Transfers to due from FDIC and other

 

(23,376

)

(912

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

107,567

 

$

188,736

 

 

As of March 31, 2015, the Bank had billed and collected $83.8 million from the FDIC, which represented reimbursable covered losses and expenses through December 31, 2014.

 

7. Mortgage Servicing Rights

 

The following tables present the changes in fair value of the Company’s MSR asset, as included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheets, and other information related to the serviced portfolio (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

36,155

 

$

20,149

 

Additions

 

2,690

 

7,432

 

Sales

 

 

 

Changes in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

Due to changes in model inputs or assumptions (1)

 

(5,044

)

2,764

 

Due to customer payments

 

(2,153

)

(406

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

31,648

 

$

29,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Mortgage loans serviced for others

 

$

3,615,198

 

$

3,645,220

 

MSR as a percentage of serviced mortgage loans

 

0.88

%

0.99

%

 


(1) Primarily represents changes in discount rates and prepayment speed assumptions, which are primarily

affected by changes in interest rates and the refinement of other MSR model assumptions.

 

The key assumptions used in measuring the fair value of the Company’s MSR asset were as follows.

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Weighted average constant prepayment rate

 

14.95

%

12.17

%

Weighted average discount rate

 

10.98

%

11.01

%

Weighted average life (in years)

 

5.4

 

6.3

 

 

35



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

A sensitivity analysis of the fair value of the Company’s MSR assets to certain key assumptions is presented in the following table (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Constant prepayment rate:

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of 10% adverse change

 

$

(1,763

)

$

(1,648

)

Impact of 20% adverse change

 

(3,384

)

(3,169

)

Discount rate:

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of 100 basis point adverse change

 

(1,173

)

(1,431

)

Impact of 200 basis point adverse change

 

(2,261

)

(2,753

)

 

This sensitivity analysis presents the effect of hypothetical changes in key assumptions on the fair value of the MSR asset. The effect of such hypothetical change in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in one key assumption to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset is not linear. In addition, in the analysis, the impact of an adverse change in one key assumption is calculated independent of any impact on other assumptions. In reality, changes in one assumption may change another assumption.

 

Contractually specified servicing fees, late fees and ancillary fees earned of $4.2 million and $2.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, were included in other noninterest income within the consolidated statements of operations.

 

8. Deposits

 

Deposits are summarized as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

$

2,259,790

 

$

2,076,385

 

Interest-bearing:

 

 

 

 

 

NOW accounts

 

1,140,704

 

1,242,110

 

Money market

 

1,190,287

 

861,851

 

Brokered - money market

 

79,479

 

79,937

 

Demand

 

525,442

 

136,886

 

Savings

 

344,919

 

299,051

 

Time

 

1,510,516

 

1,575,910

 

Brokered - time

 

78,140

 

97,762

 

 

 

$

7,129,277

 

$

6,369,892

 

 

The significant increase in deposits at March 31, 2015 as compared to December 31, 2014 was primarily due to the inclusion of those deposits assumed in the SWS Merger.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

9. Short-term Borrowings

 

Short-term borrowings are summarized as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Federal funds purchased

 

$

140,600

 

$

128,100

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

374,176

 

136,396

 

Federal Home Loan Bank notes

 

225,000

 

375,000

 

Short-term bank loans

 

259,700

 

123,200

 

 

 

$

999,476

 

$

762,696

 

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature daily, on demand, or on some other short-term basis. The Bank and the Hilltop Broker-Dealers execute transactions to sell securities under agreements to repurchase with both customers and broker-dealers. Securities involved in these transactions are held by the Bank, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers or the dealer.

 

Information concerning federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase is shown in the following tables (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Average balance during the period

 

$

361,600

 

$

343,233

 

Average interest rate during the period

 

0.25

%

0.18

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Average interest rate at end of period

 

0.26

%

0.15

%

Securities underlying the agreements at end of period:

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying value

 

$

379,985

 

$

166,734

 

Estimated fair value

 

$

379,802

 

$

163,852

 

 

Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) short-term notes mature over terms not exceeding 365 days and are collateralized by FHLB Dallas stock, nonspecified real estate loans and certain specific commercial real estate loans. Other information regarding FHLB notes is shown in the following tables (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Average balance during the period

 

$

235,111

 

$

8

 

Average interest rate during the period

 

0.22

%

0.13

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Average interest rate at end of period

 

0.22

%

0.16

%

 

The Hilltop Broker-Dealers use short-term bank loans periodically to finance securities owned, margin loans to customers and correspondents, and underwriting activities. Interest on the borrowings varies with the federal funds rate. The weighted average interest rate on the borrowings at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was 1.11% and 1.07%, respectively.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

10. Income Taxes

 

The Company applies an estimated annual effective rate to interim period pre-tax income to calculate the income tax provision for the quarter in accordance with the principal method prescribed by the accounting guidance established for computing income taxes in interim periods. The Company’s effective tax rate was 11.8% and 36.2% during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The decrease in the Company’s effective tax rate during 2015 was primarily due to no income taxes being recorded in connection with the preliminary bargain purchase gain of $82.8 million associated with the SWS Merger because the acquisition was a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $2.1 million as a result of the SWS Merger to reverse the deferred tax liability booked during 2014 associated with the difference between book and tax basis on Hilltop’s investment in SWS common stock prior to the SWS Merger.

 

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax purposes of $93.2 million and $45.5 million, respectively. This increase in net operating loss carryforwards was a result of the SWS Merger. The net operating loss carryforwards are subject to either separate return year limitations or annual limitations on their usage because of the ownership change. These net operating loss carry-forwards expire in 2023 and later years. The Company expects to realize its current deferred tax asset for these net operating loss carryforwards through the implementation of certain tax planning strategies, core earnings, and reversal of timing differences. The Company has a valuation allowance recorded of $4.1 million at March 31, 2015 against its gross deferred tax asset for capital loss carryforwards. This increase in the valuation allowance of $2.2 million from December 31, 2014 was a result of the SWS Merger. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could increase during the carryforward period if unexpected capital gains are recognized. The Company has no valuation allowance on the remainder of its deferred tax assets at March 31, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

 

GAAP requires the measurement of uncertain tax positions. Uncertain tax positions are the difference between a tax position taken, or expected to be taken in a tax return, and the benefit recognized for accounting purposes. At March 31, 2015, the total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits was $1.1 million, of which $0.7 million if recognized, would favorably impact the Company’s effective tax rate. The Company does not anticipate a significant change in the unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

 

The Company files income tax returns in U.S. federal and numerous state jurisdictions. The Company is subject to tax audits in numerous jurisdictions in the U.S. until the applicable statute of limitations expires. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations for tax years prior to 2011. The Company is open for various state tax audits for tax years 2010 and later. The Company is currently under income tax examination by several state authorities for tax years 2010, 2011 and 2012. The Company does not expect any significant liability to arise as a result of the examinations.

 

11. Employee Benefits

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

 

As a result of the SWS Merger, the Company assumed a deferred compensation plan offered by the former SWS (the “SWS Plan”) that allows former SWS eligible officers and employees to defer a portion of their bonus compensation and commissions. The SWS Plan matched 15% of the deferrals made by participants up to a predetermined limit through matching contributions that vest ratably over four years. Pursuant to the terms of the SWS Plan, the trustee periodically purchased the former SWS common stock in the open market. As a result of the SWS Merger, the former SWS common shares were converted into Hilltop common stock based on the terms of the merger agreement. No further contributions can be made to this plan.

 

The assets of the SWS Plan are held in a rabbi trust and primarily include investments in company-owned life insurance (“COLI”) and Hilltop common stock. These assets are consolidated with those of the Company. Investments in COLI are carried at the cash surrender value of the insurance policies and recorded in other assets within the consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2015. Investments in Hilltop common stock, which are carried at cost and accounted for in a manner

 

38



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

similar to treasury stock, and the corresponding liability related to the deferred compensation plan are presented as components of stockholders’ equity as employee stock trust and deferred compensation employee stock trust, net, respectively, at March 31, 2015.

 

12. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Legal Matters

 

The Company is subject to loss contingencies related to litigation, claims, investigations and legal and administrative cases and proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company evaluates these contingencies based on information currently available, including advice of counsel. The Company establishes accruals for those matters when a loss contingency is considered probable and the related amount is reasonably estimable. Any accruals are periodically reviewed and may be adjusted as circumstances change. Some of the Company’s exposure with respect to loss contingencies may be offset by applicable insurance coverage. In determining the amounts of any accruals or estimates of possible loss contingencies, the Company does not take into account the availability of insurance coverage, other than that provided by reinsurers in the insurance segment. When it is practicable, the Company estimates loss contingencies for possible litigation and claims, whether or not there is an accrued probable loss. When the Company is able to estimate such possible losses, and when it estimates that it is reasonably possible it could incur losses, in excess of amounts accrued, the Company is required to make a disclosure of the aggregate estimation. As available information changes, however, the matters for which the Company is able to estimate, as well as the estimates themselves will be adjusted, accordingly.

 

Assessments of litigation and claims exposures are difficult due to many factors that involve inherent unpredictability. Those factors include the following: the varying stages of the proceedings, particularly in the early stages; unspecified, unsupported, or uncertain damages; damages other than compensatory, such as punitive damages; a matter presenting meaningful legal uncertainties, including novel issues of law; multiple defendants and jurisdictions; whether discovery has begun or not or discovery is not complete; meaningful settlement discussions have not commenced; and whether the claim involves a class action and if so, how the class is defined. As a result of some of these factors, the Company may be unable to estimate reasonably possible losses with respect to some or all of the pending and threatened litigation and claims asserted against the Company.

 

Each of Hilltop, Hilltop Securities (a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop), SWS and the individual members of the board of directors of SWS have been named as defendants in two purported stockholder class action lawsuits arising out of the merger. Both lawsuits were filed in Delaware Chancery Court (Joseph Arceri v. SWS Group, Inc. et al and Chaile Steinberg v. SWS Group, Inc. et al filed April 8, 2014 and April 11, 2014, respectively). On May 13, 2014, the Delaware Chancery Court consolidated the two actions (the “Consolidated Action”) for all purposes. On June 10, 2014, plaintiffs filed a consolidated amended complaint. The complaint generally alleges, among other things, that the SWS board of directors breached its fiduciary duties to stockholders by failing to take steps to maximize stockholder value or to engage in a fair sale process before approving the merger, that the SWS board of directors labored under conflicts of interest, that certain provisions of the merger agreement unduly restrict SWS’s ability to negotiate with other potential bidders, and that the other defendants aided and abetted the SWS board of director’s breaches of fiduciary duty. The complaint further alleges, among other things, that the proxy statement/prospectus filed by Hilltop on May 29, 2014 omits or misstates certain material information. The complaints seek relief that includes, among other things, an injunction prohibiting the consummation of the merger, rescission to the extent the merger terms have already been implemented, damages for the alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, and the payment of plaintiffs’ attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

On November 13, 2014, the parties to the Consolidated Action entered into a memorandum of understanding (the “MOU”) reflecting the terms of an agreement, subject to final approval by the Court and certain other conditions, to settle the Consolidated Action. Pursuant to the MOU, defendants, without admitting any wrongdoing, agreed to make certain supplemental disclosures requested by plaintiffs in the Consolidated Action, as set forth in SWS’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2014. In addition, Hilltop agreed to forbear from asserting certain rights under the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 31, 2014, by and among Hilltop, Hilltop Securities and SWS. The MOU further contemplates that, following confirmatory discovery, the parties will enter into a stipulation of settlement,

 

39



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

which will be subject to customary conditions, including court approval following notice to the former stockholders of SWS. If the parties enter into a stipulation of settlement, a hearing will be scheduled at which the court will consider the fairness, reasonableness and adequacy of the settlement. There can be no assurance that the parties will ultimately enter into a stipulation of settlement, that the applicable court will approve any proposed settlement, or that any eventual settlement will be under the same terms as those contemplated by the MOU.

 

Following completion of Hilltop’s acquisition of SWS, several purported holders of shares of SWS common stock, representing a total of approximately 8.43 million shares of common stock of SWS, filed petitions in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware seeking appraisal for their shares pursuant to Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The actions are captioned as follows:  Highland Select Equity Master Fund, L.P. et al. v. SWS Group, Inc. et al., C.A. No. 10554-VCG; Lone Star Value Investors, LP et al. v. SWS Group, Inc. et al., C.A. No. 10572-VCG; and Merlin Partners, LP et al. v. SWS Group, Inc. et al., C.A. No. 10578-VCG. The Company believes these claims are without merit and intends to vigorously defend these actions.

 

On or about November 2, 2012, FSC, along with thirteen other defendants, was named in a lawsuit pending in the state of Rhode Island Superior Court styled Rhode Island Economic Development Corporation v. Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, et al. FSC is included in connection with its role as financial advisor to the State of Rhode Island, specifically in connection with the Rhode Island Economic Development Corporation’s issuance of $75 million in bonds to finance a loan to 38 Studios, LLC. FSC intends to defend itself vigorously in this action.

 

The Company is involved in information-gathering requests and investigations (both formal and informal), as well as reviews, examinations and proceedings (collectively, “Inquiries”) by various governmental regulatory agencies, law enforcement authorities and self-regulatory bodies regarding certain of its businesses, business practices and policies, as well as the conduct of persons with whom it does business. Additional Inquiries will arise from time to time. In connection with those Inquiries, the Company receives document requests, subpoenas and other requests for information. The Inquiries, including the Inquiry described below, could develop into administrative, civil or criminal proceedings or enforcement actions that could result in consequences that have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a whole. Such consequences could include adverse judgments, findings, settlements, penalties, fines, orders, injunctions, restitution, or alterations in the Company’s business practices, and could result in additional expenses and collateral costs, including reputational damage.

 

As a part of an industry-wide inquiry, PrimeLending received a subpoena from the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development regarding mortgage-related practices, including those relating to origination practices for loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”). On August 20, 2014, PrimeLending received a Civil Investigative Demand from the United States Department of Justice (the “DOJ”) related to this Inquiry. According to the Civil Investigative Demand, the DOJ is conducting an investigation to determine whether PrimeLending has violated the False Claims Act in connection with originating and underwriting single-family residential mortgage loans insured by the FHA. No allegations have been asserted against PrimeLending. PrimeLending cannot predict the ultimate outcome of this investigation, and cannot make a reasonable estimate of potential liability, if any, at this time. PrimeLending is cooperating with the investigation and continues to respond to the Civil Investigative Demand.

 

While the final outcome of litigation and claims exposures or of any Inquiries is inherently unpredictable, management is currently of the opinion that the outcome of pending and threatened litigation and Inquiries will not have a material effect on the Company’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows as a whole. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is reasonably possible that an adverse outcome in any of the matters discussed above could be material to the Company’s business, consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period of occurrence.

 

Other Contingencies

 

The mortgage origination segment may be responsible for errors or omissions relating to its representations and warranties that each loan sold meets certain requirements, including representations as to underwriting standards and the validity of certain borrower representations in connection with the loan. If determined to be at fault, the mortgage origination segment either repurchases the affected loan from the investor or reimburses the investor’s losses. The mortgage

 

40



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

origination segment has established an indemnification liability reserve for such probable losses.

 

Generally, the mortgage origination segment first becomes aware that an investor believes a loss has been incurred on a sold loan when it receives a written request from the investor to repurchase the loan or reimburse the investor’s losses. Upon completing its review of the investor’s request, the mortgage origination segment establishes a specific claims reserve for the loan if it concludes its obligation to the investor is both probable and reasonably estimable.

 

An additional reserve has been established for probable investor losses that may have been incurred, but not yet reported to the mortgage origination segment based upon a reasonable estimate of such losses. Factors considered in the calculation of this reserve include, but are not limited to, the total volume of loans sold exclusive of specific investor requests, actual investor claim settlements and the severity of estimated losses resulting from future claims, and the mortgage origination segment’s history of successfully curing defects identified in investor claim requests. While the mortgage origination segment’s sales contracts typically include borrower early payment default repurchase provisions, these provisions have not been a primary driver of investor claims to date, and therefore, are not a primary factor considered in the calculation of this reserve.

 

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the mortgage origination segment’s indemnification liability reserve totaled $17.3 million and $17.6 million, respectively. The provision for indemnification losses was $0.8 million and $0.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

The following tables provide for a roll-forward of claims activity for loans put-back to the mortgage origination segment based upon an alleged breach of a representation or warranty with respect to a loan sold and related indemnification liability reserve activity (in thousands).

 

 

 

Representation and Warranty Specific Claims
Activity - Origination Loan Balance

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

53,906

 

$

51,912

 

Claims made

 

37,323

 

10,044

 

Claims resolved with no payment

 

(11,687

)

(4,458

)

Repurchases

 

(5,239

)

(4,878

)

Indemnification payments

 

(203

)

(691

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

74,100

 

$

51,929

 

 

 

 

Indemnification Liability Reserve Activity

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

17,619

 

$

21,121

 

Additions for new sales

 

844

 

560

 

Repurchases

 

(498

)

(504

)

Early payment defaults

 

(10

)

(21

)

Indemnification payments

 

(162

)

(181

)

Change in estimate

 

(451

)

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

17,342

 

$

20,975

 

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Reserve for Indemnification Liability:

 

 

 

 

 

Specific claims

 

$

7,783

 

$

7,912

 

Incurred but not reported claims

 

9,559

 

9,707

 

Total

 

$

17,342

 

$

17,619

 

 

Although management considers the total indemnification liability reserve to be appropriate, there may be changes in the reserve over time to address incurred losses, due to unanticipated adverse changes in the economy and historical loss patterns, discrete events adversely affecting specific borrowers or industries, and/or actions taken by institutions or investors. The impact of such matters is considered in the reserving process when probable and estimable.

 

41



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

In connection with the FNB Transaction, the Bank entered into two loss-share agreements with the FDIC that collectively cover $1.2 billion of loans and OREO acquired in the FNB Transaction. Pursuant to the loss-share agreements, the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Bank the following amounts with respect to the covered assets: (i) 80% of losses on the first $240.4 million of losses incurred; (ii) 0% of losses in excess of $240.4 million up to and including $365.7 million of losses incurred; and (iii) 80% of losses in excess of $365.7 million of losses incurred. The Bank has also agreed to reimburse the FDIC for any subsequent recoveries. The loss-share agreements for commercial and single family residential loans are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, from the Bank Closing Date and the loss recovery provisions to the FDIC are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from the Bank Closing Date. In accordance with the loss-share agreements, the Bank may be required to make a “true-up” payment to the FDIC approximately ten years following the Bank Closing Date if the FDIC’s initial estimate of losses on covered assets is greater than the actual realized losses. The “true-up” payment is calculated using a defined formula set forth in the P&A Agreement. As of March 31, 2015, the Bank estimated that the sum of covered losses and reimbursable expenses subject to the loss-share agreements will exceed $240.4 million, but will not exceed $365.7 million. Unless actual plus projected covered losses and reimbursable expenses exceed $365.7 million, the Bank will not record additional amounts to the FDIC Indemnification Asset. As of March 31, 2015, the Bank had billed $104.7 million of covered net losses to the FDIC, of which 80%, or $83.8 million, were reimbursable under the loss-share agreements. As of March 31, 2015, the Bank had received aggregate reimbursements of $83.8 million from the FDIC.

 

13. Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

 

The Bank is party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit that involve varying degrees of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated financial statements. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement (and therefore the exposure to credit loss) the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer provided that the terms established in the contract are met. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and may require payment of fees. Because some commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. These letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan commitments to customers.

 

In the aggregate, the Bank had outstanding unused commitments to extend credit of $1.6 billion at March 31, 2015 and outstanding financial and performance standby letters of credit of $43.0 million at March 31, 2015.

 

The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and standby letters of credit as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary, in these transactions is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but may include real estate, accounts receivable, marketable securities, interest-bearing deposit accounts, inventory, and property, plant and equipment.

 

In the normal course of business, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers execute, settle, and finance various securities transactions that may expose the Hilltop Broker-Dealers to off-balance sheet risk in the event that a customer or counterparty does not fulfill its contractual obligations. Examples of such transactions include the sale of securities not yet purchased by customers or for the accounts of the Hilltop Broker-Dealers, use of derivatives to support certain non-profit housing organization clients, clearing agreements between the Hilltop Broker-Dealers and various clearinghouses and broker-dealers, secured financing arrangements that involve pledged securities, and when-issued underwriting and purchase commitments.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

14. Stock-Based Compensation

 

Pursuant to the Hilltop Holdings Inc. 2012 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”), the Company may grant nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, dividend equivalent rights and other awards to employees of the Company, its subsidiaries and outside directors of the Company. In the aggregate, 4,000,000 shares of common stock may be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the 2012 Plan. At March 31, 2015, 2,840,783 shares of common stock remained available for issuance pursuant to the 2012 Plan.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company awarded certain executives and key employees an aggregate of 193,770 restricted stock units (“RSUs”) pursuant to the 2012 Plan. At March 31, 2015, 97,932 of these RSUs are subject to time-based vesting conditions and generally cliff vest on the third anniversary of the grant date, and 95,838 of these RSUs vest based upon the achievement of certain performance goals over a three-year period. These RSUs are subject to service conditions set forth in the award agreements, with associated costs recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective vesting periods. The weighted average grant date fair value related to these RSUs was $18.68 per share. At March 31, 2015, unrecognized compensation expense related to these RSUs was $3.5 million, which will be amortized through February 2018. The RSUs are not transferable, and the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of vested RSUs are generally subject to transfer restrictions for a period of one year following conversion, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, the applicable RSU award agreements provide for accelerated vesting under certain conditions.

 

Prior to the completion of the SWS Merger and in accordance with the SWS merger agreement, on August 20, 2014, SWS granted restricted shares of common stock (“Restricted Stock Awards”) to certain of its executive officers and key employees. On January 1, 2015, the effective time of the SWS Merger, the Restricted Stock Awards converted into the right to receive an aggregate of 62,994 restricted shares of Company common stock based on the value of the merger consideration, and their vesting schedule did not accelerate. These Restricted Stock Awards generally vest in three equal installments beginning on August 20, 2015, and are subject to service conditions set forth in the award agreements, with associated costs recognized on a straight-line basis over the respective vesting periods. The fair value of these Restricted Stock Awards at the time of conversion was $19.95 per share. At March 31, 2015, unrecognized compensation expense related to these Restricted Stock Awards was $0.7 million, which will be amortized through August 2017. The award agreements governing these Restricted Stock Awards provide for accelerated vesting under certain conditions.

 

During 2014 and 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company awarded certain executives and key employees an aggregate of 444,175 and 471,000 RSUs, respectively, pursuant to the 2012 Plan, of which 428,258 and 451,000, respectively, remained outstanding at March 31, 2015. At March 31, 2015, unrecognized compensation expense related to these awards was $9.1 million, which will be amortized through December 2017. The award agreements governing these awards provide for accelerated vesting under certain conditions.

 

Compensation expense related to the plans was $1.8 million and $0.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, Hilltop granted 2,545 and 2,303 shares of common stock to independent members of the Company’s Board of Directors for services rendered to the Company pursuant to the 2012 Plan.

 

15. Regulatory Matters

 

Bank

 

The Bank and Hilltop are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory — and possibly additional discretionary — actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct, material effect on the consolidated financial statements. The regulations require us to meet specific capital adequacy guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities

 

43



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

On January 1, 2015, the new comprehensive capital framework (“Basel III”) for U.S. banking organizations became effective for the Bank and Hilltop for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period through January 2019). Under Basel III, total capital consists of two tiers of capital, Tier 1 and Tier 2. Tier 1 capital is further composed of common equity Tier 1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital. Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the companies to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to total average assets (as defined), and minimum ratios of common equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and total capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets (as defined).

 

In addition, under the final rules, bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009 are allowed to continue to include junior subordinated debentures in Tier 1 capital, subject to certain restrictions. However, if an institution grows to above $15 billion in assets as a result of an acquisition, or organically grows to above $15 billion in assets and then makes an acquisition, the combined trust preferred issuances must be phased out of Tier 1 and into Tier 2 capital (75% in 2015 and 100% in 2016). All of the debentures issued to the Trusts, less the common stock of the Trusts, qualified as Tier 1 capital as of March 31, 2015, under guidance issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

The following table shows the Bank’s and Hilltop’s consolidated actual capital amounts and ratios compared to the regulatory minimum capital requirements and the Bank’s regulatory minimum capital requirements needed to qualify as a “well-capitalized” institution in accordance with Basel III as measured at March 31, 2015 and applicable regulatory guidelines at December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be Well Capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Capital

 

Minimum Capital

 

 

 

Actual

 

Requirements

 

Requirements

 

March 31, 2015

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

$

945,922

 

11.34

%

$

333,675

 

4.0

%

$

417,094

 

5.0

%

Hilltop

 

1,556,506

 

12.68

%

491,149

 

4.0

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Common equity Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

945,922

 

16.46

%

$

258,619

 

4.5

%

$

373,561

 

6.5

%

Hilltop

 

1,386,467

 

18.05

%

345,650

 

4.5

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

945,922

 

16.46

%

344,826

 

6.0

%

459,767

 

8.0

%

Hilltop

 

1,556,506

 

20.26

%

460,866

 

6.0

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

987,755

 

17.19

%

459,767

 

8.0

%

574,709

 

10.0

%

Hilltop

 

1,598,829

 

20.82

%

614,488

 

8.0

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

44



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To Be Well Capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Capital

 

Minimum Capital

 

 

 

Actual

 

Requirements

 

Requirements

 

December 31, 2014

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

$

845,656

 

10.31

%

$

328,025

 

4.0

%

$

410,031

 

5.0

%

Hilltop

 

1,231,724

 

14.17

%

347,619

 

4.0

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

845,656

 

13.74

%

246,099

 

4.0

%

369,148

 

6.0

%

Hilltop

 

1,231,724

 

19.02

%

259,078

 

4.0

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank

 

888,744

 

14.45

%

492,198

 

8.0

%

615,247

 

10.0

%

Hilltop

 

1,275,023

 

19.69

%

518,157

 

8.0

%

N/A

 

N/A

 

 

To be considered “adequately capitalized” (as defined) under regulatory requirements, the Bank must maintain minimum Tier 1 capital to total average assets of 4%, common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5%, Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratios of 6% (an increase from 4% prior to January 1, 2015), and a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 8%. Based on the actual capital amounts and ratios shown in the previous table, the Bank’s ratios place it in the “well capitalized” (as defined) capital category under regulatory requirements.

 

Broker-Dealer

 

Pursuant to the net capital requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), FSC and Southwest Securities have each elected to determine their respective net capital requirements using the alternative method. Accordingly, FSC and Southwest Securities are required to maintain minimum net capital, as defined in Rule 15c3-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act, equal to the greater of $250,000 and 1,000,000, respectively, or 2% of aggregate debit balances, as defined in Rule 15c3-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Additionally, the net capital rule of the NYSE provides that equity capital may not be withdrawn or cash dividends paid if resulting net capital would be less than 5% of the aggregate debit items. SWS Financial follows the primary (aggregate indebtedness) method, as defined in Rule 15c3-1 promulgated under the Exchange Act, which requires the maintenance of the larger of minimum net capital of $250,000 or 1/15 of aggregate indebtedness.

 

At March 31, 2015, the net capital position of each of the Hilltop Broker-Dealers was as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

Southwest

 

SWS

 

 

 

FSC

 

Securities

 

Financial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net capital

 

$

66,844

 

$

164,058

 

$

1,055

 

Less required net capital

 

5,353

 

6,343

 

250

 

Excess net capital

 

$

61,491

 

$

157,715

 

$

805

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net capital as a percentage of aggregate debit items

 

25.0

%

51.73

%

 

 

Net capital in excess of 5% aggregate debit items

 

$

53,461

 

$

148,200

 

 

 

 

Under certain conditions, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers may be required to segregate cash and securities in a special reserve account for the benefit of customers under Rule 15c3-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Assets segregated under the provisions of the Exchange Act are not available for general corporate purposes. The Hilltop Broker-Dealers were required to segregate $278.3 million and $76.0 million in cash and securities at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

The Hilltop Broker-Dealers were not required to segregate cash or securities in a special reserve account for the benefit of proprietary accounts of introducing broker-dealers at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

45



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Mortgage Origination

 

As a mortgage originator, PrimeLending is subject to minimum net worth requirements established by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) and the GNMA. On an annual basis, PrimeLending submits audited financial statements to HUD and GNMA documenting PrimeLending’s compliance with its minimum net worth requirements. In addition, PrimeLending monitors compliance on an ongoing basis and, as of March 31, 2015, PrimeLending’s net worth exceeded the amounts required by both HUD and GNMA.

 

Insurance

 

The statutory financial statements of the Company’s insurance subsidiaries, which are domiciled in the State of Texas, are presented on the basis of accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Texas Department of Insurance. Texas has adopted the statutory accounting practices of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) as the basis of its statutory accounting practices with certain differences that are not significant to the insurance company subsidiaries’ statutory equity.

 

A summary of statutory capital and surplus and statutory net income of each insurance subsidiary is as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Capital and surplus:

 

 

 

 

 

National Lloyds Insurance Company

 

$

117,614

 

$

113,023

 

American Summit Insurance Company

 

29,983

 

28,964

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Statutory net income:

 

 

 

 

 

National Lloyds Insurance Company

 

$

4,759

 

$

5,986

 

American Summit Insurance Company

 

909

 

1,131

 

 

Regulations of the Texas Department of Insurance require insurance companies to maintain minimum levels of statutory surplus to ensure their ability to meet their obligations to policyholders. At March 31, 2015, the Company’s insurance subsidiaries had statutory surplus in excess of the minimum required.

 

The NAIC has adopted a risk based capital (“RBC”) formula for insurance companies that establishes minimum capital requirements indicating various levels of available regulatory action on an annual basis relating to insurance risk, asset credit risk, interest rate risk and business risk. The RBC formula is used by the NAIC and certain state insurance regulators as an early warning tool to identify companies that require additional scrutiny or regulatory action. At March 31, 2015, the Company’s insurance subsidiaries’ RBC ratio exceeded the level at which regulatory action would be required.

 

16. Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company uses various derivative financial instruments to mitigate interest rate risk. The Bank’s interest rate risk management strategy involves effectively managing the re-pricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities to mitigate potential adverse impacts from changes in interest rates on the net interest margin. PrimeLending has interest rate risk relative to interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) and its inventory of mortgage loans held for sale. PrimeLending is exposed to such rate risk from the time an IRLC is made to an applicant to the time the related mortgage loan is sold. To mitigate interest rate risk, PrimeLending executes forward commitments to sell mortgage-backed securities (“MBSs”). Additionally, PrimeLending has interest rate risk relative to its MSR asset. During the three months ended September 30, 2014, PrimeLending began using derivative instruments, including interest rate swaps and swaptions, to hedge this risk.

 

46



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The Hilltop Broker-Dealers use forward commitments to both purchase and sell MBSs to facilitate customer transactions and as a means to hedge related exposure to interest rate risk in certain inventory positions.

 

Non-Hedging Derivative Instruments and the Fair Value Option

 

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has elected to measure substantially all mortgage loans held for sale at fair value under the provisions of the Fair Value Option. The election provides the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without applying complex hedge accounting provisions. The fair values of PrimeLending’s IRLCs, forward commitments, and interest rate swaps and swaptions are recorded in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, and changes in the fair values of these derivative instruments are recorded as a component of net gains from sale of loans and other mortgage production income. The fair value of PrimeLending’s derivative instruments increased $18.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with a decrease of $1.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014. Changes in fair value are attributable to changes in the volume of IRLCs, mortgage loans held for sale, commitments to purchase and sell MBSs and MSR assets, and changes in market interest rates. Changes in market interest rates also conversely affect the value of PrimeLending’s mortgage loans held for sale and its MSR asset, which are measured at fair value under the Fair Value Option. The effect of the change in market interest rates on PrimeLending’s loans held for sale and MSR asset is discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements. The fair values of the Hilltop Broker-Dealers’ derivative instruments are recorded in other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, and the fair values of the Hilltop Broker-Dealers’ derivatives increased $8.6 million and $2.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The changes in fair value were recorded as a component of other noninterest income.

 

Derivative positions are presented in the following table (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Notional

 

Estimated

 

Notional

 

Estimated

 

 

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Amount

 

Fair Value

 

Derivative instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IRLCs

 

$

1,282,637

 

$

35,106

 

$

621,216

 

$

17,057

 

Commitments to purchase MBSs

 

2,951,103

 

12,596

 

510,553

 

6,040

 

Commitments to sell MBSs

 

4,929,365

 

(20,667

)

1,968,768

 

(12,566

)

Interest rate swaps and swaptions

 

102,110

 

566

 

83,000

 

425

 

 

PrimeLending has advanced cash collateral totaling $8.8 million and $6.6 million to offset net liability derivative positions on its commitments to sell MBSs at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. In addition, PrimeLending has advanced cash collateral totaling $3.6 million and $3.3 million in initial margin on its interest rate swaps and swaptions at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. These amounts are included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheets.

 

47



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

17. Balance Sheet Offsetting

 

Certain financial instruments, including resale and repurchase agreements, securities lending arrangements and derivatives, may be eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheets and/or subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements. The following tables present the assets and liabilities subject to enforceable master netting arrangements, repurchase agreements, or similar agreements with offsetting rights (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Amounts

 

the Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts

 

Gross Amounts

 

of Assets

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

of Recognized

 

Offset in the

 

Presented in the

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

Net

 

 

 

Assets

 

Balance Sheet

 

Balance Sheet

 

Instruments

 

Pledged

 

Amount

 

March 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities borrowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

$

1,990,598

 

$

 

$

1,990,598

 

$

(1,990,598

)

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps and swaptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

1,454

 

 

1,454

 

 

 

1,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reverse repurchase agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

67,227

 

 

67,227

 

(67,132

)

 

95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward MBS derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

6,239

 

 

6,239

 

(6,239

)

 

 

 

 

$

2,065,518

 

$

 

$

2,065,518

 

$

(2,063,969

)

$

 

$

1,549

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities borrowed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

$

152,899

 

$

 

$

152,899

 

$

(152,899

)

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps and swaptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

425

 

 

425

 

 

 

425

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward MBS derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

41

 

 

41

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

$

153,365

 

$

 

$

153,365

 

$

(152,899

)

$

 

$

466

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Amounts

 

the Balance Sheet

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts

 

Gross Amounts

 

of Liabilities

 

 

 

Cash

 

 

 

 

 

of Recognized

 

Offset in the

 

Presented in the

 

Financial

 

Collateral

 

Net

 

 

 

Liabities

 

Balance Sheet

 

Balance Sheet

 

Instruments

 

Pledged

 

Amount

 

March 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities loaned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

$

1,853,366

 

$

 

$

1,853,366

 

$

(1,853,366

)

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps and swaptions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

 

888

 

 

 

 

888

 

 

(1,564

)

 

 

 

(676

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

241,822

 

 

241,822

 

(241,822

)

 

 

Customer counterparties

 

132,355

 

 

132,355

 

(132,355

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward MBS derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

21,149

 

(482

)

20,667

 

(6,239

)

(6,573

)

7,855

 

 

 

$

2,249,580

 

$

(482

)

$

2,249,098

 

$

(2,235,346

)

$

(6,573

)

$

7,179

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities loaned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

$

117,822

 

$

 

$

117,822

 

$

(117,822

)

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer counterparties

 

136,396

 

 

136,396

 

(136,396

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forward MBS derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Institutional counterparties

 

12,829

 

(223

)

12,606

 

 

(6,137

)

6,469

 

 

 

$

267,047

 

$

(223

)

$

266,824

 

$

(254,218

)

$

(6,137

)

$

6,469

 

 

48



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

18. Broker-Dealer and Clearing Organization Receivables and Payables

 

Broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables and payables consisted of the following (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

Securities borrowed

 

$

1,990,598

 

$

152,899

 

Securities failed to deliver

 

23,693

 

3,497

 

Clearing organizations

 

8,364

 

11,471

 

Trades in process of settlement, net

 

190,280

 

 

Other

 

9,582

 

17

 

 

 

$

2,222,517

 

$

167,884

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payables:

 

 

 

 

 

Securities loaned

 

$

1,853,366

 

$

117,822

 

Correspondents

 

59,282

 

51,930

 

Securities failed to receive

 

27,351

 

5,960

 

Clearing organizations

 

11,041

 

3,330

 

 

 

$

1,951,040

 

$

179,042

 

 

19. Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 

A rollforward of NLC’s reserve for unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”), as included in other liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets, is as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

29,716

 

$

27,468

 

Less reinsurance recoverables

 

(4,315

)

(4,508

)

Net balance, beginning of period

 

25,401

 

22,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Incurred related to:

 

 

 

 

 

Current period

 

14,290

 

16,087

 

Prior periods

 

4,570

 

2,250

 

Total incurred

 

18,860

 

18,337

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments related to:

 

 

 

 

 

Current period

 

(7,174

)

(8,337

)

Prior periods

 

(8,094

)

(7,788

)

Total payments

 

(15,268

)

(16,125

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net balance, end of period

 

28,993

 

25,172

 

Plus reinsurance recoverables

 

8,451

 

3,086

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

37,444

 

$

28,258

 

 

The increase in the NLC’s reserves at March 31, 2015 as compared with March 31, 2014 of $9.2 million is primarily due to increased reserves attributable to the prior period adverse development and additional reinsurance recoverables associated with the increase in reserves. The prior period adverse development of $4.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was primarily related to litigation emerging from a series of hail storms within the 2012 though 2014 accident years.

 

49



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

20. Reinsurance Activity

 

NLC limits the maximum net loss that can arise from large risks or risks in concentrated areas of exposure by reinsuring (ceding) certain levels of risk. Substantial amounts of business are ceded, and these reinsurance contracts do not relieve NLC from its obligations to policyholders. Such reinsurance includes quota share, excess of loss, catastrophe, and other forms of reinsurance on essentially all property and casualty lines of insurance. Net insurance premiums earned, losses and LAE and policy acquisition and other underwriting expenses are reported net of the amounts related to reinsurance ceded to other companies. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers related to the portions of the liability for losses and LAE and unearned insurance premiums ceded to them are reported as assets. Failure of reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to NLC; consequently, allowances are established for amounts deemed uncollectible as NLC evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk arising from similar geographic regions, activities, or economic characteristics of the reinsurers to minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies. At March 31, 2015, reinsurance receivables have a carrying value of $8.9 million, which is included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheet. There was no allowance for uncollectible accounts at March 31, 2015, based on NLC’s quality requirements.

 

The effects of reinsurance on premiums written and earned are summarized as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

Written

 

Earned

 

Written

 

Earned

 

Premiums from direct business

 

$

42,749

 

$

42,089

 

$

43,770

 

$

42,759

 

Reinsurance assumed

 

2,516

 

2,443

 

2,233

 

2,020

 

Reinsurance ceded

 

(4,705

)

(4,965

)

(4,186

)

(4,460

)

Net premiums

 

$

40,560

 

$

39,567

 

$

41,817

 

$

40,319

 

 

The effects of reinsurance on incurred losses are as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Loss and LAE incurred

 

$

23,331

 

$

17,752

 

Reinsurance recoverables

 

(4,471

)

585

 

Net loss and LAE incurred

 

$

18,860

 

$

18,337

 

 

Multi-line excess of loss coverage

 

In addition to the catastrophe reinsurance noted below, both NLIC and ASIC participate in an excess of loss program placed with various reinsurers. This program is limited to each risk with respect to property and liability in the amount of $500,000 for each of NLIC and ASIC. Each of NLIC and ASIC retain $500,000 in this program.

 

Catastrophic coverage

 

At March 31, 2015, NLC had catastrophic excess of loss reinsurance coverage of losses per event in excess of $8 million retention by NLIC and $1.5 million retention by ASIC. ASIC maintained an underlying layer of coverage, providing $6.5 million in excess of its $1.5 million retention to bridge to the primary program. The reinsurance in excess of $8 million is comprised of four layers of protection: $17 million in excess of $8 million retention; $25 million in excess of $25 million loss; $50 million in excess of $50 million loss and $40 million in excess of $100 million loss. NLIC and ASIC retain no participation in any of the layers, beyond the first $8 million and $1.5 million, respectively. At March 31, 2015, total retention for any one catastrophe that affects both NLIC and ASIC was limited to $8 million in the aggregate.

 

Effective January 1, 2015, NLC renewed its underlying excess of loss contract that provides $10 million aggregate coverage for sub-catastrophic events. NLC retains a 9% participation in this coverage.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

21. Segment and Related Information

 

The Company currently has four reportable business segments that are organized primarily by the core products offered to the segments’ respective customers. These segments reflect the manner in which operations are managed and the criteria used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker function to evaluate segment performance, develop strategy and allocate resources. The chief operating decision maker function consists of the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Chief Executive Officer of PlainsCapital.

 

The banking segment includes the operations of the Bank and, since January 1, 2015, the operations of the former SWS FSB acquired in the SWS Merger. The broker-dealer segment includes the operations of First Southwest and, since January 1, 2015, the operations of Southwest Securities and SWS Financial acquired in the SWS Merger. The mortgage origination segment is composed of PrimeLending, while the insurance segment is composed of NLC.

 

Corporate includes certain activities not allocated to specific business segments. These activities include holding company financing and investing activities, and management and administrative services to support the overall operations of the Company including, but not limited to, certain executive management, corporate relations, legal, finance and acquisition costs not allocated to business segments.

 

Balance sheet amounts for remaining subsidiaries not discussed previously and the elimination of intercompany transactions are included in “All Other and Eliminations.” The following tables present certain information about reportable segment revenues, operating results, goodwill and assets (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

All Other and

 

Hilltop

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 

Banking

 

Broker-Dealer

 

Origination

 

Insurance

 

Corporate

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

 83,442

 

$

7,996

 

$

(3,014

)

$

757

 

$

109

 

$

4,102

 

$

93,392

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,486

 

201

 

 

 

 

 

2,687

 

Noninterest income

 

58,775

 

122,877

 

135,292

 

41,845

 

 

(4,417

)

354,372

 

Noninterest expense

 

58,532

 

90,795

 

122,302

 

33,466

 

9,626

 

(245

)

314,476

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

81,199

 

$

39,877

 

$

9,976

 

$

9,136

 

$

(9,517

)

$

(70

)

$

130,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

All Other and

 

Hilltop

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

 

Banking

 

Broker-Dealer

 

Origination

 

Insurance

 

Corporate

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

79,572

 

$

2,629

 

$

(4,139

)

980

 

$

1,692

 

$

4,687

 

$

85,421

 

Provision for loan losses

 

3,228

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

3,242

 

Noninterest income

 

16,228

 

24,597

 

91,763

 

42,773

 

 

(5,261

)

170,100

 

Noninterest expense

 

60,677

 

27,365

 

90,632

 

32,341

 

2,188

 

(574

)

212,629

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

31,895

 

$

(153

)

$

(3,008

)

$

11,412

 

$

(496

)

$

 

$

39,650

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

207,741

 

$

7,008

 

$

13,071

 

$

23,988

 

$

 

$

 

$

251,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

8,373,160

 

$

3,747,053

 

$

1,412,742

 

$

343,959

 

$

1,810,205

 

$

(3,124,225

)

$

12,562,894

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

207,741

 

$

7,008

 

$

13,071

 

$

23,988

 

$

 

$

 

$

251,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

8,036,729

 

$

758,636

 

$

1,498,846

 

$

328,693

 

$

1,522,655

 

$

(2,903,143

)

$

9,242,416

 

 

22. Earnings per Common Share

 

Nonvested share-based payment awards that contain nonforfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents are participating securities and are included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method prescribed by the Earnings Per Share Topic of the ASC. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings per share for each class of common stock and participating security according to dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings. Restricted Stock Awards are the only instruments issued by Hilltop which qualify as participating securities.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Net earnings, less any preferred dividends accumulated for the period (whether or not declared), is allocated between the common stock and participating securities pursuant to the two-class method. Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, excluding participating nonvested restricted shares.

 

Diluted earnings per common share is computed in a similar manner, except that first the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if potentially dilutive common shares, excluding the participating securities, were issued using the treasury stock method. During the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, stock options and RSUs are the only potentially dilutive non-participating instruments issued by Hilltop. Next, the Company determines and includes in the diluted earnings per common share calculation the more dilutive effect of the participating securities using the treasury stock method or the two-class method. Undistributed losses are not allocated to the nonvested share-based payment awards (the participating securities) under the two-class method as the holders are not contractually obligated to share in the losses of the Company.

 

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share (in thousands, except per share data).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

Income applicable to Hilltop common stockholders

 

$

113,402

 

$

23,760

 

Less: income applicable to participating shares

 

(581

)

(124

)

Net earnings available to Hilltop common stockholders

 

$

112,821

 

$

23,636

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic

 

99,741

 

89,707

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share

 

$

1.13

 

$

0.26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

Income applicable to Hilltop common stockholders

 

$

113,402

 

$

23,760

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic

 

99,741

 

89,707

 

Effect of potentially dilutive securities

 

886

 

878

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

100,627

 

90,585

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share

 

$

1.13

 

$

0.26

 

 

23. Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-03 to simplify presentation of debt issuance costs to require that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by this amendment. The amendment is effective for annual periods, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. Adoption of the amendment is not expected to have a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-02 to modify the analysis that companies must perform in order to determine whether a legal entity should be consolidated. ASU 2015-02 affects reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. All legal entities are subject to reevaluation under the revised consolidation model. Specifically, the amendments: (i) modify the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (“VIEs”) or voting interest entities, (ii) eliminate the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership, (iii) affect the consolidated analysis of reporting entities that are

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships and (iv) provide a scope exception for certain entities. The amendment is effective for annual periods, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of the amendment and the impact on its future consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-01 as part of its initiative to reduce complexity in accounting standards. This amendment eliminates the concept of extraordinary items. The amendment is effective for annual periods, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be adopted using either a full retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. Adoption of the amendment is not expected to a significant effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09 which clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue from contracts with customers. The amendment outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in amounts that reflect the payment to which a company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The amendment also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. The amendment was initially scheduled to be effective for the Company no earlier than the first quarter of 2017, however, in April 2015, the FASB voted to propose to defer the effective date by one year. It is expected the proposed rule to defer the effective date will be finalized during the second quarter of 2015. If this proposed deferral is finalized, the amendment would be effective for annual periods, and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017 and may be adopted using either a full retrospective transition method or a modified retrospective transition method. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the provisions of the amendment and the impact on its future consolidated financial statements.

 

24. Subsequent Events

 

On April 9, 2015, Hilltop completed an offering of $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5% senior notes due 2025 (“Senior Notes”) in a private offering that was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Senior Notes were offered within the United States only to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and to persons outside of the United States under Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of April 9, 2015 (the “indenture”), by and between Hilltop and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The net proceeds from the offering, after deducting estimated fees and expenses and the initial purchaser’ discounts, were approximately $148 million. Hilltop used the net proceeds of the offering to redeem all of Hilltop’s outstanding Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B at an aggregate liquidation value of $114.1 million, plus accrued but unpaid dividends of $0.4 million and Hilltop will utilize the remainder for general corporate purposes. The Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 5% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2015. The Senior Notes will mature on April 15, 2025, unless Hilltop redeems the Senior Notes, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on or after January 15, 2025 (three months prior to the maturity date of the Senior Notes) at its election at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

On April 30, 2015, the Company awarded certain executives and key employees a total of 222,000 RSUs pursuant to the 2012 Plan. These RSUs generally cliff vest on the third anniversary of the grant date and are subject to service conditions set forth in the award agreements, with associated costs recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The grant date fair value related to these RSUs was $20.11 per share. Total compensation expense related to these RSUs was $4.5 million, which will be amortized through April 2018. The RSUs are not transferable, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, the applicable RSU award agreements provide for accelerated vesting under certain conditions.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated historical financial statements and notes appearing elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (this “Quarterly Report”) and the financial information set forth in the tables herein.

 

Unless the context otherwise indicates, all references in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A, to the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” or “ours” or similar words are to Hilltop Holdings Inc. and its direct and indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, references to “Hilltop” refer solely to Hilltop Holdings Inc., references to “PlainsCapital” refer to PlainsCapital Corporation (a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop), references to “Hilltop Securities” refer to Hilltop Securities Holdings LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop), references to “Southwest Securities” refer to Southwest Securities, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop Securities), references to “SWS Financial” refer to SWS Financial Services, Inc. (a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop Securities), references to the “Bank” refer to PlainsCapital Bank (a wholly owned subsidiary of PlainsCapital), references to “FNB” refer to First National Bank, references to “First Southwest” refer to First Southwest Holdings, LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop Securities) and its subsidiaries as a whole, references to “FSC” refer to First Southwest Company, LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of First Southwest), references to “PrimeLending” refer to PrimeLending, a PlainsCapital Company (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank) and its subsidiaries as a whole, and references to “NLC” refer to National Lloyds Corporation (a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop) and its subsidiaries as a whole.

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Quarterly Report and the documents incorporated by reference into this report include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as amended by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements, other than statements of historical fact, included in this Quarterly Report that address results or developments that we expect or anticipate will or may occur in the future, and statements that are preceded by, followed by or include, words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “goal,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “probable,” “projects,” “seeks,” “should,” “view” or “would” or the negative of these words and phrases or similar words or phrases, including such things as our business strategy, our financial condition, our litigation, our efforts to make strategic acquisitions, our recent acquisition of SWS Group, Inc. (“SWS”) and integration thereof, our revenue, our liquidity and sources of funding, market trends, operations and business, expectations concerning mortgage loan origination volume, expected losses on covered loans and related reimbursements from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), projected losses on mortgage loans originated, anticipated changes in our revenues or earnings, the effects of government regulation applicable to our operations, the appropriateness of our allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses, and the collectability of loans are forward-looking statements.

 

These forward-looking statements are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations of our future performance taking into account all information currently available to us. These beliefs, assumptions and expectations are subject to risks and uncertainties and can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us.  If an event occurs, our business, business plan, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. Certain factors that could cause actual results to differ include, among others:

 

·                  risks associated with merger and acquisition integration, including the diversion of management time on acquisition-related issues and our ability to promptly and effectively integrate our businesses with those of SWS and achieve the synergies and value creation contemplated by the acquisition;

 

·                  our ability to estimate loan losses;

 

·                  changes in the default rate of our loans;

 

·                  risks associated with concentration in real estate related loans;

 

·                  our ability to obtain reimbursements for losses on acquired loans under loss-share agreements with the FDIC;

 

·                  changes in general economic, market and business conditions in areas or markets where we compete;

 

54



Table of Contents

 

·                  severe catastrophic events in Texas and other areas of the southern United States;

 

·                  changes in the interest rate environment;

 

·                  cost and availability of capital;

 

·                  changes in state and federal laws, regulations or policies affecting one or more of our business segments, including changes in regulatory fees, deposit insurance premiums, capital requirements and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”);

 

·                  our ability to use net operating loss carry forwards to reduce future tax payments;

 

·                  approval of new, or changes in, accounting policies and practices;

 

·                  changes in key management;

 

·                  competition in our banking, broker-dealer, mortgage origination and insurance segments from other banks and financial institutions as well as investment banking and financial advisory firms, mortgage bankers, asset-based non-bank lenders, government agencies and insurance companies;

 

·                  failure of our insurance segment reinsurers to pay obligations under reinsurance contracts; and

 

·                  our ability to use excess cash in an effective manner, including the execution of successful acquisitions.

 

For a more detailed discussion of these and other factors that may affect our business and that could cause the actual results to differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014 (“2014 Form 10-K”), which was filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on February 26, 2015, this Item 2, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” Part II, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” herein and other filings we have made with the SEC. We caution that the foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive, and new factors may emerge, or changes to the foregoing factors may occur, that could impact our business. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements concerning our business attributable to us or any person acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements above. We do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, relating to the matters discussed in this Quarterly Report except to the extent required by federal securities laws.

 

OVERVIEW

 

We are a financial holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. Our primary line of business is to provide business and consumer banking services from offices located throughout Texas through the Bank. We also provide an array of financial products and services through our broker-dealer, mortgage origination and insurance segments.

 

Effective January 1, 2015, in connection with our acquisition of SWS, we modified our organizational structure into three primary operating business units, PlainsCapital (banking and mortgage origination), Hilltop Securities (broker-dealer) and NLC (insurance). The PlainsCapital unit continues to include the Bank and PrimeLending, while the new Hilltop Securities unit includes First Southwest (transferred from the PlainsCapital unit effective January 1, 2015), and two entities acquired on January 1, 2015, Southwest Securities and SWS Financial. The following includes additional details regarding the financial products and services provided by each of our primary operating business units.

 

PlainsCapital.  PlainsCapital is a financial holding company, headquartered in Dallas, Texas, that provides, through its subsidiaries, traditional banking services, wealth and investment management and treasury management primarily in Texas and residential mortgage lending throughout the United States.

 

Hilltop Securities.  Hilltop Securities is a holding company, headquartered in Dallas, Texas, that provides, through its subsidiaries, investment banking and other related financial services, including municipal advisory, sales, trading and underwriting of taxable and tax-exempt fixed income securities, equity trading, clearing, securities lending, structured finance and retail brokerage services throughout the United States.

 

NLC.  NLC is a property and casualty insurance holding company, headquartered in Waco, Texas, that provides, through its subsidiaries, fire and homeowners insurance to low value dwellings and manufactured homes primarily in

 

55



Table of Contents

 

Texas and other areas of the southern United States.

 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2015, our net income to common stockholders was $113.4 million, or $1.13 per diluted share. The consolidated operating results during the three months ended March 31, 2015 include the recognition of a preliminary bargain purchase gain of $82.8 million related to our acquisition of SWS in a stock and cash transaction, whereby SWS merged with and into Hilltop Securities (the “SWS Merger”).

 

We reported $130.6 million of consolidated income before income taxes during the quarter ended March 31, 2015,including the following contributions from our four reportable operating segments.

 

·                  The banking segment contributed $81.2 million of income before income taxes, including $39.5 million of preliminary bargain gain;

 

·                  The broker-dealer segment contributed $39.9 million of income before income taxes, including $43.3 million of preliminary bargain gain;

 

·                  The mortgage origination segment contributed $10.0 million of income before income taxes; and

 

·                  The insurance segment contributed $9.1 million of income before income taxes.

 

At March 31, 2015, on a consolidated basis, we had total assets of $12.6 billion, total deposits of $7.1 billion, total loans, including loans held for sale, of $6.6 billion and stockholders’ equity of $1.8 billion.

 

On January 1, 2015, we completed the SWS Merger. SWS’s broker-dealer subsidiaries, Southwest Securities and SWS Financial, became subsidiaries of Hilltop Securities. Immediately following the SWS Merger, SWS’s banking subsidiary, Southwest Securities, FSB (“SWS FSB”), was merged into the Bank, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop. As a result of the SWS Merger, each outstanding share of SWS common stock was converted into the right to receive 0.2496 shares of Hilltop common stock and $1.94 in cash, equating to $6.92 per share based on Hilltop’s closing price on December 31, 2014 and resulting in an aggregate purchase price of $349.0 million, consisting of 10.1 million shares of common stock, $78.2 million in cash and $70.3 million associated with our existing investment in SWS common stock. Additionally, due to appraisal rights proceedings filed in connection with the SWS Merger, the merger consideration is subject to change, and therefore, preliminary at this time. Based on preliminary purchase date valuations, the fair value of the assets acquired was $3.3 billion, including $707.5 million in securities, $863.8 million in non-covered loans and $1.2 billion in broker-dealer and clearing organization receivables. The fair value of liabilities assumed was $2.9 billion, consisting primarily of deposits of $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion in broker-dealer and clearing organization payables.

 

In connection with the SWS Merger, FSC and its related entities also became subsidiaries of Hilltop Securities. First Southwest, Southwest Securities and SWS Financial (collectively, the “Hilltop Broker-Dealers”) will continue to operate as separate broker-dealers, under coordinated leadership, until such time as the necessary regulatory approvals are obtained and systems integrations are complete.

 

On April 9, 2015, we completed our offering of $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 5% senior notes due 2025 (“Senior Notes”) in a private offering. On April 28, 2015, we used the net proceeds of the offering to redeem all of our outstanding Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (“Series B Preferred Stock”) at an aggregate liquidation value of $114.1 million, plus accrued but unpaid dividends of $0.4 million, and will utilize the remainder for general corporate purposes.

 

Segment Information

 

Effective January 1, 2015, we have three primary operating business units, PlainsCapital (banking and mortgage origination), Hilltop Securities (broker-dealer) and NLC (insurance). Under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”), our business units are comprised of four reportable business segments organized primarily by the core products offered to the segments’ respective customers: banking, broker-dealer, mortgage origination and insurance. The SWS Merger has not resulted in changes to our four reportable business segments. Consistent with the segment operating results during 2014, we anticipate that future revenues will be driven primarily from the banking segment, with the remainder being generated by our broker-dealer, mortgage origination and insurance segments. Based on historical results, operating results for the mortgage origination segment tend to be more volatile than operating results for the banking, broker-dealer and insurance segments.

 

56



Table of Contents

 

The banking segment has included the operations of the former SWS FSB since January 1, 2015. The banking segment primarily provides business and consumer banking products and services from offices located throughout Texas and generates revenue from its portfolio of earning assets. The Bank’s results of operations are primarily dependent on net interest income, while also deriving revenue from other sources, including service charges on customer deposit accounts and trust fees.

 

The broker-dealer segment has included the operations of Southwest Securities and SWS Financial since January 1, 2015. The broker-dealer segment has historically generated a majority of its revenues from fees and commissions earned from investment advisory and securities brokerage services at First Southwest. The principal subsidiaries of First Southwest are FSC, a broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) and a member of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), and First Southwest Asset Management, LLC, a registered investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940. Southwest Securities is a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and FINRA and a member of the NYSE, and SWS Financial is an introducing broker-dealer that is also registered with the SEC and FINRA. The Hilltop Broker-Dealers hold trading securities to support sales, underwriting and other customer activities. These securities are marked to market through other noninterest income. FSC uses derivatives to support mortgage origination programs of certain non-profit housing organization clients. FSC hedges its related exposure to interest rate risk from these programs with U.S. Agency to-be-announced (“TBA”) mortgage-backed securities. Southwest Securities also enters into TBAs in order to assist clients (generally small to mid-size mortgage loan originators) in hedging the interest rate risk associated with the mortgages owned by the clients. These derivatives are marked to market through other noninterest income.

 

The mortgage origination segment includes the operations of PrimeLending, which offers a variety of loan products from offices in 42 states and generates revenue predominantly from fees charged on the origination of loans and from selling these loans in the secondary market.

 

The insurance segment includes the operations of NLC, which operates through its wholly owned subsidiaries, National Lloyds Insurance Company (“NLIC”) and American Summit Insurance Company (“ASIC”). Insurance segment income is primarily generated from revenue earned on net insurance premiums less loss and loss adjustment expenses (“LAE”) and policy acquisition and other underwriting expenses in Texas and other areas of the southern United States.

 

Corporate includes certain activities not allocated to specific business segments. These activities include holding company financing and investing activities, and management and administrative services to support the overall operations of the Company including, but not limited to, certain executive management, corporate relations, legal, finance, and acquisition costs not allocated to business segments. Balance sheet amounts for remaining subsidiaries not discussed previously and the elimination of intercompany transactions are included in “All Other and Eliminations.”

 

Additional information concerning our reportable segments is presented in Note 21, Segment and Related Information, in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. The following tables present certain information about the operating results of our reportable segments (in thousands).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

All Other and

 

Hilltop

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 

Banking

 

Broker-Dealer

 

Origination

 

Insurance

 

Corporate

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

83,442

 

$

7,996

 

$

(3,014

)

$

757

 

$

109

 

$

4,102

 

$

93,392

 

Provision for loan losses

 

2,486

 

201

 

 

 

 

 

2,687

 

Noninterest income

 

58,775

 

122,877

 

135,292

 

41,845

 

 

(4,417

)

354,372

 

Noninterest expense

 

58,532

 

90,795

 

122,302

 

33,466

 

9,626

 

(245

)

314,476

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

81,199

 

$

39,877

 

$

9,976

 

$

9,136

 

$

(9,517

)

$

(70

)

$

130,601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

All Other and

 

Hilltop

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

 

Banking

 

Broker-Dealer

 

Origination

 

Insurance

 

Corporate

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

 

Net interest income (expense)

 

$

79,572

 

$

2,629

 

$

(4,139

)

980

 

$

1,692

 

$

4,687

 

$

85,421

 

Provision for loan losses

 

3,228

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

3,242

 

Noninterest income

 

16,228

 

24,597

 

91,763

 

42,773

 

 

(5,261

)

170,100

 

Noninterest expense

 

60,677

 

27,365

 

90,632

 

32,341

 

2,188

 

(574

)

212,629

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

31,895

 

$

(153

)

$

(3,008

)

$

11,412

 

$

(496

)

$

 

$

39,650

 

 

57



Table of Contents

 

How We Generate Revenue

 

We generate revenue from net interest income and from noninterest income. Net interest income represents the difference between the income earned on our assets, including our loans and investment securities, and our cost of funds, including the interest paid on the deposits and borrowings that are used to support our assets. Net interest income is a significant contributor to our operating results. Fluctuations in interest rates, as well as the amounts and types of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities we hold, affect net interest income. We generated $93.4 million in net interest income during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with net interest income of $85.4 million during the same period in 2014. The year-over-year increase in net interest income was primarily due to the inclusion of those operations acquired in the SWS Merger within our broker-dealer segment.

 

The other component of our revenue is noninterest income, which is primarily comprised of the following:

 

(i)                                     Income from broker-dealer operations.  Through First Southwest, Southwest Securities and SWS Financial, we provide investment banking and other related financial services. We generated $68.0 million and $21.3 million in securities commissions and fees and investment banking and advisory fees during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

(ii)                                  Income from mortgage operations.  Through PrimeLending, we generate noninterest income by originating and selling mortgage loans. During the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, we generated $135.1 million and $91.5 million, respectively, in net gains from the sale of loans, other mortgage production income (including income associated with retained mortgage servicing rights), and mortgage loan origination fees.

 

(iii)                               Net insurance premiums earned.  Through NLC, we provide fire and limited homeowners insurance for low value dwellings and manufactured homes. We generated $39.6 million and $40.3 million in net insurance premiums earned during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

In the aggregate, we generated $354.4 million and $170.1 million in noninterest income during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Excluding the preliminary bargain purchase gain of $82.8 million related to the SWS Merger, our noninterest income for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $271.6 million. We are presenting this financial measure because certain investors may use it to evaluate our business and financial results. This year-over-year increase in noninterest income other than bargain purchase gain relates predominantly to increases in noninterest income in our broker-dealer and mortgage origination segments.

 

We also incur noninterest expenses in the operation of our businesses. Our businesses engage in labor intensive activities and, consequently, employees’ compensation and benefits represent the majority of our noninterest expenses.

 

Consolidated Operating Results

 

Net income applicable to common stockholders during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $113.4 million, or $1.13 per diluted share, compared with net income applicable to common stockholders of $23.8 million, or $0.26 per diluted share, during the three months ended March 31, 2014. The consolidated operating results during the three months ended March 31, 2015 include the recognition of a preliminary bargain purchase gain related to the SWS Merger of $82.8 million. Included in the bargain purchase gain is a reversal of a $35.5 million valuation allowance against SWS deferred tax assets. This reversal is based on our expected ability to realize these acquired deferred tax assets through our consolidated core earnings, the implementation of certain tax planning strategies and reversal of timing differences. SWS’s net operating loss carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation on their usage because of the ownership change. In addition, the bargain purchase gain reflects our preliminary acquisition date fair value allocation to identifiable intangible assets of $10.9 million.

 

As a result of the SWS Merger, the operations, assets and liabilities acquired in the SWS Merger are included in our balance sheet and operating results beginning January 1, 2015. We expect the operations acquired in the SWS Merger to have a significant effect on our broker-dealer segment in future periods. In addition, we have incurred transaction and integration related costs directly attributable to the SWS Merger which may be significant. Such transaction costs are primarily related to the execution and closing of the transaction, while integration related costs associated with employee expenses (such as, severance and retention), professional fees (such as consulting and legal) and contractual costs (such as vendor contract termination and lease) are expected to be incurred as a result of the plan to restructure and integrate the

 

58



Table of Contents

 

operations and systems of SWS and the former SWS FSB. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, we incurred $5.6 million in pre-tax transaction costs related to the SWS Merger, while pre-tax integration related costs associated with employee expenses and professional fees were $4.0 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

 

Certain items included in net income for 2014 and 2015 resulted from purchase accounting associated with the merger of PlainsCapital Corporation with and into a wholly owned subsidiary of Hilltop on November 30, 2012 (the “PlainsCapital Merger”), the FDIC-assisted transaction (the “FNB Transaction”) whereby the Bank acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of FNB, and the SWS Merger. Income before taxes during the three months ended March 31, 2015 includes net accretion of $4.0 million, $9.8 million and $2.3 million on earning assets and liabilities acquired in the PlainsCapital Merger, FNB Transaction, and SWS Merger, respectively (collectively, the “Bank Transactions”), offset by amortization of identifiable intangibles of $2.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.4 million, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, income before taxes includes net accretion of $10.0 million and $9.5 million on earning assets and liabilities acquired in the PlainsCapital Merger and FNB Transaction, respectively, offset by amortization of identifiable intangibles of $2.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

 

We consider the ratios shown in the table below to be key indicators of our performance.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

December 31, 2014

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average stockholders’ equity

 

27.27

%

7.65

%

8.01

%

Return on average assets

 

3.72

%

1.14

%

1.26

%

Net interest margin (taxable equivalent) (1)

 

3.53

%

4.62

%

4.74

%

 


(1) Taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the consolidated taxable equivalent net interest margin of 3.53% was 69 basis points greater due to the impact of purchase accounting and primarily related to accretion of discount on loans of $5.0 million, $9.7 million and $2.3 million associated with the PlainsCapital Merger, FNB Transaction, and SWS Merger, respectively, and PlainsCapital Merger-related amortization of premium on acquired securities of $0.9 million. The taxable equivalent net interest margin during the three months ended March 31, 2014 of 4.62% was 127 basis points greater due to the impact of purchase accounting and primarily related to accretion of discount on loans of $10.8 million and $7.2 million associated with PlainsCapital Merger and FNB Transaction, respectively, PlainsCapital Merger-related amortization of premium on acquired securities of $1.0 million, and FNB Transaction-related amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $2.3 million.

 

59



Table of Contents

 

The table below provides additional details regarding our consolidated net interest income (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Annualized

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Annualized

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Earned or

 

Yield or

 

Outstanding

 

Earned or

 

Yield or

 

 

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, gross (1) 

 

$

6,354,615

 

$

87,388

 

5.50

%

$

5,068,892

 

$

79,744

 

6.29

%

Investment securities - taxable

 

1,164,030

 

7,049

 

2.80

%

1,122,241

 

7,588

 

2.71

%

Investment securities - non-taxable (2) 

 

264,123

 

2,525

 

3.84

%

183,143

 

1,861

 

4.06

%

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

70,449

 

17

 

0.10

%

26,336

 

19

 

0.29

%

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

 

872,032

 

574

 

0.27

%

966,921

 

595

 

0.25

%

Other

 

2,088,380

 

10,901

 

2.11

%

188,276

 

2,640

 

5.67

%

Interest-earning assets, gross

 

10,813,629

 

108,454

 

4.06

%

7,555,809

 

92,447

 

4.90

%

Allowance for loan losses

 

(41,424

)

 

 

 

 

(36,861

)

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets, net

 

10,772,205

 

 

 

 

 

7,518,948

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-earning assets

 

1,796,232

 

 

 

 

 

1,432,519

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

12,568,437

 

 

 

 

 

$

8,951,467

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

$

5,104,544

 

$

4,315

 

0.34

%

$

4,949,212

 

$

3,759

 

0.31

%

Notes payable and other borrowings

 

2,877,686

 

9,962

 

1.40

%

664,072

 

2,648

 

1.60

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

7,982,230

 

14,277

 

0.72

%

5,613,284

 

6,407

 

0.46

%

Noninterest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

2,152,610

 

 

 

 

 

1,721,403

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

725,469

 

 

 

 

 

285,121

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

10,860,309

 

 

 

 

 

7,619,808

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

1,707,624

 

 

 

 

 

1,331,243

 

 

 

 

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

504

 

 

 

 

 

416

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

12,568,437

 

 

 

 

 

$

8,951,467

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (2)

 

 

 

$

94,177

 

 

 

 

 

$

86,040

 

 

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

 

 

 

 

3.34

%

 

 

 

 

4.44

%

Net interest margin (2)

 

 

 

 

 

3.53

%

 

 

 

 

4.62

%

 


(1)         Average balance includes non-accrual loans.

(2)         Annualized taxable equivalent adjustments are based on a 35% tax rate. The adjustment to interest income was $0.8 million and $0.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively,.

 

On a consolidated basis, net interest income increased $8.0 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014. This increase was primarily due to the inclusion of those operations acquired in the SWS Merger within our broker-dealer segment.

 

The provision for loan losses is determined by management as the amount to be added to the allowance for loan losses after net charge-offs have been deducted to bring the allowance to a level which, in management’s best estimate, is necessary to absorb probable losses within the existing loan portfolio. The consolidated provision for loan losses, substantially all of which relates to the banking segment, was $2.7 million and $3.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the provision for loan losses was comprised of charges relating to newly originated loans and acquired loans without credit impairment at acquisition of $3.4 million, partially offset by the recapture of charges on purchased credit impaired (“PCI”) loans of $0.7 million. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the provision for loan losses was comprised of charges relating to newly originated loans and acquired loans without credit impairment at acquisition of $1.3 million and PCI loans of $1.9 million.

 

Consolidated noninterest income increased $184.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014. This year-over-year change included the recognition of a preliminary bargain purchase gain related to the SWS Merger of $82.8 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2015. Other changes in noninterest

 

60



Table of Contents

 

income between the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 included increases in securities commissions and fees and investment banking and advisory fees within our broker-dealer segment of $46.6 million and increases in net gains from sale of loans, other mortgage production income and mortgage loan origination fees within our mortgage origination segment of $43.7 million.

 

Our consolidated noninterest expense during the three months ended March 31, 2015 increased $101.8 million compared with the same period in 2014. The year-over-year increase between the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 included a significant increase in noninterest expenses within our broker-dealer segment of $63.4 million, primarily due to the inclusion of those operations acquired as part of the SWS Merger. In addition, as previously discussed, we incurred $5.6 million in pre-tax transaction costs related to the SWS Merger and aggregate pre-tax integration related costs associated with employee expenses and professional fees of $4.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015. Changes between periods within the major components of noninterest expense included increases of $76.1 million in employees’ compensation and benefits and $22.3 million in other expenses.

 

Consolidated income tax expense during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was $15.4 million and $14.4 million, respectively, reflecting effective tax rates of 11.8% and 36.2%, respectively. The decrease in our effective tax rate during 2015 was primarily due to no income taxes being recorded in connection with the preliminary bargain purchase gain of $82.8 million associated with the SWS Merger because the acquisition was a tax-free reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code. In addition, we recorded an income tax benefit of $2.1 million as a result of the SWS Merger to reverse the deferred tax liability booked during 2014 associated with the difference between book and tax basis on Hilltop’s prior investment in SWS common stock. Therefore, the effective income tax rate during 2015 is not indicative of the future effective tax rates.

 

Segment Results

 

Banking Segment

 

Income before income taxes in our banking segment during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was $81.2 million and $31.9 million, respectively. This year-over-year change included the recognition of a preliminary bargain purchase gain related to the SWS Merger included within the banking segment of $39.5 million and pre-tax costs of $1.8 million directly attributable to the integration of the former SWS FSB during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The remaining changes in income before income taxes during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014, was primarily due to an increase in net interest income and a decrease in noninterest expense. The operations acquired in the SWS Merger had a significant effect on noninterest income during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014.

 

We consider the ratios shown in the table below to be key indicators of the performance of our banking segment.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

December 31, 2014

 

Performance Ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Efficiency ratio (1)

 

41.16

%

63.34

%

61.17

%

Return on average assets

 

3.37

%

1.04

%

1.20

%

Net interest margin (taxable equivalent) (2)

 

4.59

%

4.80

%

5.00

%

 


(1)         Noninterest expenses divided by the sum of total noninterest income and net interest income for the period.

 

(2)         Taxable equivalent net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, the banking segment’s taxable equivalent net interest margin of 4.59% was 109 basis points greater due to the impact of purchase accounting and primarily related to accretion of discount on loans of $5.0 million, $9.7 million and $2.3 million associated with the PlainsCapital Merger, FNB Transaction, and SWS Merger, respectively, and PlainsCapital Merger-related amortization of premium on acquired securities of $0.9 million. The taxable equivalent net interest margin during the three months ended March 31, 2014 of 4.80% was 141 basis points greater due to the impact of purchase accounting and primarily related to accretion of discount on loans of $10.8 million and $7.2 million associated with PlainsCapital Merger and FNB Transaction, respectively, PlainsCapital Merger-related amortization of

 

61



Table of Contents

 

premium on acquired securities of $1.0 million, and FNB Transaction-related amortization of premium on acquired time deposits of $2.3 million.

 

The table below provides additional details regarding our banking segment’s net interest income (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Annualized

 

Average

 

Interest

 

Annualized

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Earned or

 

Yield or

 

Outstanding

 

Earned or

 

Yield or

 

 

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Paid

 

Rate

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, gross (1) 

 

$

4,728,489

 

$

73,941

 

6.26

%

$

4,246,133

 

$

70,721

 

6.66

%

Subsidiary warehouse lines of credit

 

906,927

 

8,063

 

3.56

%

636,700

 

6,932

 

4.35

%

Investment securities - taxable

 

842,356

 

4,783

 

2.27

%

896,669

 

4,395

 

1.96

%

Investment securities - non-taxable (2) 

 

146,059

 

1,385

 

3.79

%

154,064

 

1,496

 

3.88

%

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

25,361

 

17

 

0.27

%

26,336

 

19

 

0.29

%

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

 

757,511

 

542

 

0.29

%

797,304

 

513

 

0.26

%

Other

 

44,717

 

421

 

3.76

%

29,085

 

400

 

5.50

%

Interest-earning assets, gross

 

7,451,420

 

89,152

 

4.79

%

6,786,291

 

84,476

 

4.98

%

Allowance for loan losses

 

(41,096

)

 

 

 

 

(36,710

)

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets, net

 

7,410,324

 

 

 

 

 

6,749,581

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-earning assets

 

1,171,055

 

 

 

 

 

1,270,934

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

8,581,379

 

 

 

 

 

$

8,020,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

$

4,679,401

 

$

4,322

 

0.37

%

$

4,949,973

 

$

3,785

 

0.31

%

Notes payable and other borrowings

 

589,374

 

556

 

0.38

%

350,248

 

326

 

0.37

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities (3)

 

5,268,775

 

4,878

 

0.38

%

5,300,221

 

4,111

 

0.31

%

Noninterest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits

 

2,084,112

 

 

 

 

 

1,699,817

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

76,633

 

 

 

 

 

18,518

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

7,429,520

 

 

 

 

 

7,018,556

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

1,151,859

 

 

 

 

 

1,001,959

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

8,581,379

 

 

 

 

 

$

8,020,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (2)

 

 

 

$

84,274

 

 

 

 

 

$

80,365

 

 

 

Net interest spread (2)

 

 

 

 

 

4.41

%

 

 

 

 

4.67

%

Net interest margin (2)

 

 

 

 

 

4.59

%

 

 

 

 

4.80

%

 


(1)         Average balance includes non-accrual loans.

(2)         Annualized taxable equivalent adjustments are based on a 35% tax rate. The adjustment to interest income was $0.5 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

(3)         Excludes the allocation of interest expense on PlainsCapital debt of $0.3 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

The banking segment’s net interest margin shown above exceeds our consolidated net interest margin. Our consolidated net interest margin includes the yields and costs associated with certain items within interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities in the broker-dealer segment, as well as the borrowing costs of Hilltop and PlainsCapital, both of which reduce our consolidated net interest margin. In addition, the banking segment’s interest earning assets include lines of credit extended to subsidiaries. Such yields and costs are eliminated from the consolidated financial statements.

 

62



Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the changes in the banking segment’s net interest income for the periods indicated below, including the component changes in the volume of average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the rates earned or paid on those items (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015 v. 2014

 

 

 

Change Due To (1)

 

 

 

 

 

Volume

 

Yield/Rate

 

Change

 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans, gross

 

$

8,036

 

$

(4,816

)

$

3,220

 

Subsidiary warehouse lines of credit

 

2,942

 

(1,811

)

1,131

 

Investment securities - taxable

 

(266

)

654

 

388

 

Investment securities - non-taxable (2) 

 

(78

)

(33

)

(111

)

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

(1

)

(1

)

(2

)

Interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions

 

(26

)

55

 

29

 

Other

 

215

 

(194

)

21

 

Total interest income (2)

 

10,822

 

(6,146

)

4,676

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

$

(210

)

$

747

 

$

537

 

Notes payable and other borrowings

 

224

 

6

 

230

 

Total interest expense

 

14

 

753

 

767

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income (2)

 

$

10,808

 

$

(6,899

)

$

3,909

 

 


(1) Changes attributable to both volume and yield/rate are included in yield/rate column.

 

(2) Annualized taxable equivalent.

 

Taxable equivalent net interest income increased $3.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014. Increases in the volume of interest-earning assets, primarily loans acquired in the SWS Merger and additional amounts drawn on the subsidiary warehouse lines of credit, increased taxable equivalent net interest income by $10.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014. Changes in the yields earned on interest-earning assets decreased taxable equivalent net interest income by $6.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014, primarily due to the net effects of lower yields on the loan portfolio and subsidiary warehouse lines of credit, partially offset by increased yields on the investment portfolio. Changes in rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased taxable equivalent net interest income by $0.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014, primarily due to lower amortization of premiums on time deposits acquired in the FNB Transaction and SWS Merger.

 

The banking segment’s noninterest income was $58.8 million and $16.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. This year-over-year change was primarily due to the recognition of a preliminary bargain purchase gain related to the SWS Merger of $39.5 million and $4.4 million of realized gains on securities acquired in the SWS Merger and subsequently sold during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

The banking segment’s noninterest expenses were $58.5 million and $60.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Noninterest expenses were primarily comprised of employees’ compensation and benefits, and occupancy expenses. The decrease in noninterest expenses was primarily due to net gains totaling $5.3 million on three sales of covered OREO during the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared with minimal gain or loss activity on sales of covered OREO during the same period in 2014, and a reduction in fraud-related losses of $2.0 million, partially offset by the inclusion during the three months ended March 31, 2015 of the operations acquired in the SWS Merger and pre-tax integration related costs directly attributable to the integration of the former SWS FSB of $1.8 million related to employee expenses.

 

63



Table of Contents

 

Broker-Dealer Segment

 

Income before income taxes in our broker-dealer segment during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $39.9 million compared with a loss before income taxes of $0.2 million during the same period in 2014. This year-over-year change included the recognition of a preliminary bargain purchase gain of $43.3 million related to the SWS Merger included within the broker-dealer segment, as well as pre-tax integration related costs of $3.2 million directly attributable to the acquisition of SWS during the three months ended March 31, 2015. As noted in the table below, the operations acquired in the SWS Merger had a significant impact on each of the components of income before income taxes during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014. The following table provides additional details regarding our broker-dealer operating results (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

Variance

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015 vs 2014

 

Net interest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities lending

 

$

2,512

 

$

626

 

$

1,886

 

Other

 

5,484

 

2,003

 

3,481

 

Total net interest income

 

7,996

 

2,629

 

5,367

 

Noninterest income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities commissions and fees by business line:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital markets

 

16,113

 

3,980

 

12,133

 

Retail

 

19,614

 

173

 

19,441

 

Clearing

 

5,463

 

2,781

 

2,682

 

Other

 

1,854

 

60

 

1,794

 

 

 

43,044

 

6,994

 

36,050

 

Investment banking and advisory fees by business line:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public finance

 

18,702

 

12,284

 

6,418

 

Capital markets

 

758

 

106

 

652

 

Retail

 

3,964

 

 

3,964

 

Structured finance

 

1,179

 

515

 

664

 

Clearing

 

12

 

12

 

 

Other

 

307

 

1,492

 

(1,185

)

 

 

24,922

 

14,409

 

10,513

 

Bargain purchase gain

 

43,349

 

 

43,349

 

Other

 

11,562

 

3,194

 

8,368

 

Total noninterest income

 

122,877

 

24,597

 

98,280

 

Noninterest expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits expenses

 

64,505

 

16,680

 

47,825

 

Other

 

26,491

 

10,699

 

15,792

 

Total noninterest expense

 

90,996

 

27,379

 

63,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

39,877

 

$

(153

)

$

40,030

 

 

The broker-dealer segment had net interest income of $8.0 million and $2.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. In the broker-dealer segment, interest is earned from securities lending activities, interest charged on customer margin loan balances and interest earned on investment securities used to support sales, underwriting and other customer activities. This increase between the three months ended March 31, 2015 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 was primarily due to the inclusion of those operations acquired in the SWS Merger.

 

Noninterest income was $122.9 million and $24.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As noted above, this year-over-year change included the recognition of a preliminary bargain purchase gain of $43.3 million related to the SWS Merger. The remaining changes in noninterest income during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014, were primarily due to a $46.8 million increase resulting from the inclusion of SWS’s operations, increased fees earned by FSC from increased volumes in its non-profit housing program which is included within other noninterest income, and increased advisory fees by FSC on its public finance clients. The broker-dealer segment participates in programs in which it issues forward purchase commitments of mortgage-backed securities to certain non-profit housing clients and sells TBA securities. Additionally, TBA purchase and sales agreements are entered into to assist small to mid-size mortgage loan originators in hedging the interest rate risk

 

64



Table of Contents

 

associated with their client-owned mortgages. The fair values of these derivative instruments increased $8.6 million and $2.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Trading gains from the broker-dealer segment’s trading portfolio, which is used to support sales, underwriting and other customer activities, increased $3.0 million and $0.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These changes in the fair value of derivatives and trading gains are included within other noninterest income.

 

Noninterest expenses, including provision for loan losses, were $91.0 million and $27.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The increase in noninterest expenses of $63.6 million, compared to the same period in 2014, was primarily due to an increase of $47.8 million in employees’ compensation and benefits costs, of which $42.6 million was associated with the operations acquired in the SWS Merger. Compensation that varies with noninterest income accounted for $4.4 million of the noted increase in First Southwest’s compensation costs, and employees’ compensation and benefits and occupancy and equipment expenses accounted for the majority of the noninterest expenses incurred during each period. In addition, during the three months ended March 31, 2015, the broker-dealer segment incurred pre-tax transaction costs of $0.8 million and pre-tax integration related costs directly attributable to the integration of SWS of $2.2 million and $0.2 million related to employee expenses and professional fees, respectively. Integration related costs are expected to continue into 2016 as the Hilltop Broker-Dealers will continue to operate as separate broker-dealers, under coordinated leadership, until such time as the necessary regulatory approvals are obtained and systems integrations are complete.

 

Selected information concerning the broker-dealer segment follows (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation as a % of net revenue, excluding bargain purchase gain

 

73.7

%

61.3

%

FDIC insured program balances at PlainsCapital Bank (end of period)

 

$

548,197

 

$

225,784

 

Other FDIC insured program balances (end of period)

 

$

1,268,587

 

$

114,938

 

Customer margin balances (end of period)

 

$

406,643

 

$

202,639

 

Customer funds on deposit, including short credits (end of period)

 

$

611,241

 

$

134,907

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public finance

 

 

 

 

 

Number of issues

 

480

 

289

 

Aggregate amount of offerings

 

$

37,174,418

 

$

20,357,797

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital markets

 

 

 

 

 

Total volumes

 

$

17,506,246

 

$

6,525,320

 

Net inventory (end of period)

 

$

158,777

 

$

32,384

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

 

 

 

 

Retail employee representatives (end of period)

 

140

 

4

 

Independent registered representatives (end of period)

 

264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Structured finance

 

 

 

 

 

Lock production/TBA volume

 

$

3,025,630

 

$

328,036

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clearing

 

 

 

 

 

Total tickets

 

$

519,115

 

$

406,918

 

Correspondents (end of period)

 

209

 

75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities lending

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets - stock borrowed (end of period)

 

$

2,055,794

 

$

144,936

 

Interest-bearing liabilities - stock loaned (end of period)

 

$

1,918,561

 

$

91,879

 

 

65



Table of Contents

 

Mortgage Origination Segment

 

Income before income taxes in our mortgage origination segment during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $10.0 million compared with a loss before income taxes of $3.0 million during the same period in 2014. The increase in income before income taxes during the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared with the same period in 2014 was primarily due to an increase in noninterest income partially offset by an increase in noninterest expense. Net interest expense of $3.0 million and $4.1 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, resulted from interest incurred on a warehouse line of credit held with the Bank as well as related intercompany financing costs, partially offset by interest income earned on loans held for sale.

 

The mortgage origination segment originates all of its mortgage loans through a retail channel. The following table provides certain details regarding our mortgage loan originations for the periods indicated below (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

2015

 

Total

 

2014

 

Total

 

Mortgage Loan Originations - units

 

12,363

 

 

 

9,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Loan Originations - volume

 

$

2,813,520

 

 

 

$

1,866,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Loan Originations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conventional

 

$

1,847,413

 

65.66

%

$

1,194,137

 

63.99

%

Government

 

669,536

 

23.80

%

552,328

 

29.60

%

Jumbo

 

211,833

 

7.53

%

116,734

 

6.25

%

Other

 

84,738

 

3.01

%

2,954

 

0.16

%

 

 

$

2,813,520

 

100.00

%

$

1,866,153

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Home purchases

 

$

1,688,359

 

60.01

%

$

1,468,710

 

78.70

%

Refinancings

 

1,125,161

 

39.99

%

397,443

 

21.30

%

 

 

$

2,813,520

 

100.00

%

$

1,866,153

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Texas

 

$

589,430

 

20.95

%

$

430,154

 

23.05

%

California

 

487,078

 

17.31

%

291,571

 

15.62

%

Florida

 

129,495

 

4.60

%

93,374

 

5.00

%

North Carolina

 

107,846

 

3.83

%

91,733

 

4.92

%

Ohio

 

107,444

 

3.82

%

67,080

 

3.60

%

Maryland

 

99,997

 

3.56

%

50,625

 

2.71

%

Virginia

 

93,768

 

3.33

%

50,879

 

2.73

%

Washington

 

91,884

 

3.27

%

58,259

 

3.12

%

Arizona

 

90,492

 

3.22

%

79,485

 

4.26

%

South Carolina

 

82,768

 

2.94

%

45,917

 

2.46

%

All other states

 

933,318

 

33.17

%

607,076

 

32.53

%

 

 

$

2,813,520

 

100.00

%

$

1,866,153

 

100.00

%

 

The mortgage lending business is subject to variables that can impact loan origination volume, including seasonal and interest rate fluctuations. Historically, the mortgage origination segment has typically experienced increased loan origination volume from purchases of homes during the spring and summer, when more people tend to move and buy or sell homes. An increase in mortgage interest rates tends to result in decreased loan origination volume from refinancings, while a decrease in mortgage interest rates tends to result in increased refinancings. Changes in interest rates have historically had a lesser impact on home purchases volume than on refinancing volume.

 

As a result of a decline in mortgage interest rates during the last three quarters of 2014 that continued into 2015, refinancing volume increased to $1.1 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2015 from $397.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014 (representing 40.0% and 21.3%, respectively, of total loan origination volume). Home purchases volume during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 was $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, a 15.0% increase.

 

66



Table of Contents

 

The mortgage origination segment’s total loan origination volume during the three months ended March 31, 2015 increased 50.8% from the same period in 2014. Income before income taxes increased at a greater rate than loan origination volume primarily due to noninterest income increasing by 47.4% compared with a 34.9% increase in noninterest expense. Noninterest expense that varies with loan origination volume increased approximately 61% in the first quarter of 2015 compared to the first quarter of 2014, while segment operating costs, including salaries, benefits, occupancy and administrative costs, increased at a lesser rate of approximately 28%, or $5.4 million. Fluctuations in loan origination volumes and segment operating costs usually move in the same direction. However, segment operating costs tend to fluctuate at lesser rates than loan origination volumes.

 

Noninterest income was $135.3 million and $91.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and was comprised of the following (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

Variance

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015 vs 2014

 

Net gains on sale of loans and mortgage origination fees

 

$

127,406

 

$

86,052

 

$

41,354

 

Other mortgage production income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net fair value and related derivative activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate lock commitments and loans held for sale

 

13,174

 

3,353

 

9,821

 

Mortgage servicing rights assets

 

(5,288

)

2,358

 

(7,646

)

 

 

$

135,292

 

$

91,763

 

$

43,529

 

 

Net gains on sale of loans and mortgage origination fees increased 48.1% during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014, primarily as a result of a 50.8% increase in total loan origination volume, partially offset by a slight decrease in average loan origination margins.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, noninterest income included a $13.2 million increase in net fair value of the mortgage origination segment’s interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”) and loans held for sale and the related activity associated with forward commitments used by the mortgage origination segment to mitigate interest rate risk associated with its IRLCs and mortgage loans held for sale. This increase was primarily a result of an increase in the volume of IRLCs and mortgage loans held during this period partially offset by a decrease in the average value of individual IRLCs and mortgage loans. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, noninterest income included a comparable increase of $3.4 million, which was primarily the result of an increase in the average value of individual IRLCs and mortgage loans.

 

The mortgage origination segment sells substantially all mortgage loans it originates to various investors in the secondary market, the majority servicing released. During the three months ended March 31, 2014, the mortgage origination segment retained servicing on approximately 37% of loans sold. This rate decreased to approximately 31% during the year ended December 31, 2014, and decreased to approximately 9% during the three months ended March 31, 2015. The mortgage origination segment’s determination of whether to retain or release servicing on mortgage loans it sells is impacted by, among other things, changes in mortgage interest rates, and refinancing and market activity. The related mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) asset was valued at $32.9 million on $3.8 billion of serviced loan volume at March 31, 2015, compared with a value of $37.4 million on $3.8 billion of serviced loan volume at December 31, 2014. The mortgage origination segment may, from time to time, manage its MSR asset through different strategies, including varying the percentage of mortgage loans sold servicing released and opportunistically selling MSR assets. The mortgage origination segment has also retained servicing on certain loans sold to the banking segment. Gains and losses associated with such sales to the banking segment and the related MSR asset are eliminated in consolidation. During the third quarter of 2014, the mortgage origination segment began using derivative financial instruments, including interest rate swaps, swaptions and forward commitments to sell mortgage-backed securities, as a means to mitigate market risk associated with MSR assets. Changes in the net fair value of the MSR asset and the related derivatives resulted in a loss of $5.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, while the change in the net value of the MSR asset resulted in a gain of $2.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2014.

 

Noninterest expenses were $122.3 million and $90.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Employees’ compensation and benefits accounted for the majority of the noninterest expenses incurred. Compensation that varies with the volume of mortgage loan originations and overall segment profitability increased $18.2

 

67



Table of Contents

 

million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014, and comprised approximately 61% and 52% of the total employees’ compensation and benefits expenses during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. While total loan origination volumes increased 50.8% between the three months ended March 31, 2015 and the same period in 2014, the mortgage origination segment’s employee salaries and benefits costs increased slightly, approximately 6%, or $1.7 million. The mortgage origination segment records unreimbursed closing costs as noninterest expense when it pays a customer’s closing costs generally in return for the customer choosing to accept a higher interest rate on the customer’s mortgage loan. Unreimbursed closing costs during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014 were $10.0 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

 

Between January 1, 2006, and March 31, 2015, the mortgage origination segment sold mortgage loans totaling $65.9 billion. These loans were sold under sales contracts that generally include provisions that hold the mortgage origination segment responsible for errors or omissions relating to its representations and warranties that loans sold meet certain requirements, including representations as to underwriting standards and the validity of certain borrower representations in connection with the loan. In addition, the sales contracts typically require the refund of purchased servicing rights plus certain investor servicing costs if a loan experiences an early payment default. While the mortgage origination segment sold loans prior to 2006, it does not anticipate experiencing significant losses in the future on loans originated prior to 2006 as a result of investor claims under these provisions of its sales contracts.

 

When an investor claim for indemnification of a loan sold is made, the mortgage origination segment evaluates the claim and determines if the claim can be satisfied through additional documentation or other deliverables. If the claim cannot be satisfied in that matter, the mortgage origination segment negotiates with the investor to reach a settlement of the claim. Settlements typically result in either the repurchase of a loan or reimbursement to the investor for losses incurred on the loan. Following is a summary of the mortgage origination segment’s claims resolution activity relating to loans sold between January 1, 2006 and March 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Original Loan Balance

 

Loss Recognized

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

 

 

Loans

 

 

 

Amount

 

Sold

 

Amount

 

Sold

 

Claims resolved with no payment

 

$

180,652

 

0.27

%

$

 

0.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Claims resolved as a result of a loan repurchase or payment to an investor for losses incurred (1)

 

190,375

 

0.29

%

24,153

 

0.04

%

 

 

$

371,027

 

0.56

%

$

24,153

 

0.04

%

 


(1) Losses incurred include refunded purchased servicing rights.

 

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the mortgage origination segment’s indemnification liability reserve totaled $17.3 million and $17.6 million, respectively. The related provision for indemnification losses was $0.8 million and $0.6 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Insurance Segment

 

Income before income taxes in our insurance segment was $9.1 million and $11.4 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The insurance segment is subject to claims arising out of severe weather, the incidence and severity of which are inherently unpredictable. Generally, the insurance segment’s insured risks exhibit higher losses in the second and third calendar quarters due to a seasonal concentration of weather-related events in its primary geographic markets. Although weather-related losses (including hail, high winds, tornadoes and hurricanes) can occur in any calendar quarter, the second calendar quarter, historically, has experienced the highest frequency of losses associated with these events. Hurricanes, however, are more likely to occur in the third calendar quarter of the year.

 

The insurance segment periodically reviews the pricing of its primary products in each state of operation utilizing a consulting actuarial firm to supplement normal review processes resulting in filings to increase rates as deemed necessary. The full benefit of these rate actions will not be fully realized until all customers renew their policies under the new rates, typically one year from the date of rate change implementation. Based on reviews performed beginning in 2013, the insurance segment increased rates on certain products in several states in 2014 and continuing into 2015. Concurrently, business concentrations are reviewed and actions initiated, including cancellation of agents, non-renewal of policies and cessation of new business writing on certain products in problematic geographic areas. These actions have reduced the rate of

 

68



Table of Contents

 

premium growth for targeted areas when compared with the patterns exhibited in prior quarters and years and reduced the insurance segment’s exposure to volatile weather in these areas, but competition and customer response to rate increases has negatively impacted customer retention and new business. The insurance segment aims to manage and diversify its business concentrations and products to minimize the effects of future weather-related events.

 

The insurance segment’s operations resulted in combined ratios of 81.8% and 77.5% during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The year-over-year increase in the combined ratio was primarily driven by the effects of net insurance premiums earned being relatively flat, an increase in claims loss reserves associated with prior period adverse development related to litigation emerging from a series of hail storms within the 2012 through 2014 accident years and additional costs associated with sales, marketing and corporate organizational initiatives. The combined ratio is a measure of overall insurance underwriting profitability, and represents the sum of the loss and LAE ratio and the underwriting expense ratio, which are discussed in more detail below.

 

Noninterest income of $41.8 million and $42.8 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, included net insurance premiums earned of $39.6 million and $40.3 million, respectively. The decrease in earned premiums was primarily attributable to efforts to reduce concentrations both geographically and within specific product lines and moderate success in customer retention and expansion efforts, offset by rate increases in homeowners and mobile home products.

 

Direct insurance premiums written by major product line are presented in the table below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

Variance

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015 vs 2014

 

Direct Insurance Premiums Written:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Homeowners

 

$

18,095

 

$

18,583

 

$

(488

)

Fire

 

13,446

 

13,835

 

(389

)

Mobile Home

 

10,227

 

10,219

 

8

 

Commercial

 

953

 

1,087

 

(134

)

Other

 

28

 

46

 

(18

)

 

 

$

42,749

 

$

43,770

 

$

(1,021

)

 

The total direct insurance premiums written for our three largest insurance product lines decreased by $0.9 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014, due to efforts to reduce concentrations both geographically and within specific product lines, customer acceptance of rate increases and competitive pressure.

 

Net insurance premiums earned by major product line are presented in the table below (in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

Variance

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015 vs 2014

 

Net Insurance Premiums Earned:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Homeowners

 

$

16,748

 

$

17,118

 

$

(370

)

Fire

 

12,446

 

12,745

 

(299

)

Mobile Home

 

9,465

 

9,413

 

52

 

Commercial

 

882

 

1,001

 

(119

)

Other

 

26

 

42

 

(16

)

 

 

$

39,567

 

$

40,319

 

$

(752

)

 

Net insurance premiums earned during the three months ended March 31, 2015 decreased compared to the same period in 2014, primarily due to the decrease in net insurance premiums written during 2015, and were flat compared to the fourth quarter of 2014. This reduction in net insurance premiums earned when compared with the patterns exhibited in prior quarters and years was consistent with the insurance segment’s previously discussed efforts to manage and diversify its business concentrations and products to minimize the effects of future weather-related events.

 

69



Table of Contents

 

Noninterest expenses of $33.5 million and $32.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, include both loss and LAE expenses and policy acquisition and other underwriting expenses, as well as other noninterest expenses. Loss and LAE are recognized based on formula and case basis estimates for losses reported with respect to direct business, estimates of unreported losses based on past experience and deduction of amounts for reinsurance placed with reinsurers. Loss and LAE during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $18.9 million, compared with $18.3 million during the same period in 2014, resulting in loss and LAE ratios of 47.7% and 45.5% during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The year-over-year increase in the loss and LAE ratio was primarily due to the effects of net insurance premiums earned being relatively flat and the increase in claims loss reserves associated with prior period adverse development related to litigation emerging from a series of hail storms within the 2012 through 2014 accident years.

 

Policy acquisition and other underwriting expenses encompass all expenses incurred relative to NLC operations, and include elements of multiple categories of expense otherwise reported as noninterest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

The following table details the calculation of the underwriting expense ratio for the periods presented (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

Variance

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2015 vs 2014

 

Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs

 

$

10,041

 

$

10,197

 

$

(156

)

Other underwriting expenses

 

4,166

 

3,380

 

786

 

Total

 

14,207

 

13,577

 

630

 

Agency expenses

 

(705

)

(690

)

(15

)

Total less agency expenses

 

$

13,502

 

$

12,887

 

$

615

 

Net insurance premiums earned

 

$

39,567

 

$

40,319

 

$

(752

)

Expense ratio

 

34.1

%

32.0

%

2.1

%

 

Corporate

 

Corporate includes certain activities not allocated to specific business segments. These activities include holding company financing and investing activities, and management and administrative services to support the overall operations of the Company including, but not limited to, certain executive management, corporate relations, legal, finance, and acquisition costs not allocated to business segments.

 

As a holding company, Hilltop’s primary investment objectives are to preserve capital and have available cash resources to utilize in making acquisitions. Investment and interest income earned was $0.1 million and $1.7 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. On October 2, 2014, Hilltop exercised its warrant to purchase 8,695,652 shares of SWS common stock at an exercise price of $5.75 per share (the “SWS Warrant”). The aggregate exercise price was paid by the automatic elimination of the $50.0 million aggregate principal amount note receivable from SWS. Consequently, recurring quarterly investment and interest income of $1.6 million were no longer recognized beginning in the fourth calendar quarter of 2014. Investment and interest income during the three months ended March 31, 2015 primarily consisted of intercompany interest earned on a note receivable held with First Southwest.

 

Noninterest expenses of $9.6 million and $2.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, were primarily comprised of employees’ compensation and benefits and professional fees, including corporate governance, legal and transaction costs. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014, noninterest expenses included year-over-year increases in employees’ compensation and benefits costs of $1.3 million associated with increases in headcount and incentive compensation costs as well as transaction and integration related costs directly attributable to the SWS Merger. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, Hilltop incurred pre-tax transaction costs of $4.8 million and pre-tax integration related costs associated with professional fees of $0.2 million.

 

70



Table of Contents

 

Financial Condition

 

The following discussion contains a more detailed analysis of our financial condition at March 31, 2015 as compared with December 31, 2014.

 

Securities Portfolio

 

At March 31, 2015, investment securities consisted of securities of the U.S. Treasury, U.S. government and its agencies, obligations of municipalities and other political subdivisions, primarily in the State of Texas, mortgage-backed, corporate debt, and equity securities. We have the ability to categorize investments as trading, available for sale, and held to maturity.

 

Trading securities are bought and held principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term and are carried at fair value, marked to market through operations and held at the Bank and the Hilltop Broker-Dealers. Securities that may be sold in response to changes in market interest rates, changes in securities’ prepayment risk, increases in loan demand, general liquidity needs and other similar factors are classified as available for sale and are carried at estimated fair value, with unrealized gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Securities are classified as held to maturity based on the intent and ability of our management, at the time of purchase, to hold such securities to maturity. These securities are carried at amortized cost.

 

The table below summarizes our securities portfolio (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Trading securities, at fair value

 

$

320,153

 

$

65,717

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

19,780

 

19,613

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

463,979

 

516,241

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

55,980

 

52,898

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

77,695

 

87,124

 

Corporate debt securities

 

94,800

 

98,472

 

States and political subdivisions

 

132,265

 

136,785

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

643

 

640

 

Equity securities

 

14,070

 

13,762

 

 

 

859,212

 

925,535

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

25,006

 

25,008

 

U.S. government agencies:

 

 

 

 

 

Bonds

 

22,348

 

 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

28,907

 

29,782

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 

98,767

 

57,328

 

States and political subdivisions

 

8,764

 

6,091

 

 

 

183,792

 

118,209

 

Total securities portfolio

 

$

1,363,157

 

$

1,109,461

 

 

We had net unrealized gains of $8.8 million and $0.8 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to the available for sale investment portfolio, while net unrealized gains associated with the securities held to maturity portfolio were $2.2 million and $0.1 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The significant increases in the net unrealized gain position of our available for sale and held to maturity investment portfolios during the first quarter of 2015 were due to the effects of decreases in market interest rates during the first quarter of 2015, resulting in an increase in the fair value of our debt securities.

 

71



Table of Contents

 

Banking Segment

 

The banking segment’s securities portfolio plays a role in the management of our interest rate sensitivity and generates additional interest income. In addition, the securities portfolio is used to meet collateral requirements for public and trust deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other purposes. The available for sale securities portfolio serves as a source of liquidity. Historically, the Bank’s policy has been to invest primarily in securities of the U.S. government and its agencies, obligations of municipalities in the State of Texas and other high grade fixed income securities to minimize credit risk. At March 31, 2015, the banking segment’s securities portfolio of $919.6 million was comprised of trading securities of $20.9 million, available for sale securities of $714.9 million and held to maturity securities of $183.8 million.

 

Broker-Dealer Segment

 

Our broker-dealer segment holds securities to support sales, underwriting and other customer activities. The Hilltop Broker-Dealers are required to carry their securities at fair value and record changes in the fair value of the portfolio in operations. Accordingly, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers classify their securities portfolio of $299.2 million at March 31, 2015 as trading. In addition, the broker-dealer segment may purchase securities at a future date at the then current market price to facilitate customer transactions. These securities, which are carried at fair value and reported as securities sold, not yet purchased in the consolidated balance sheet, had a value of $139.5 million at March 31, 2015.

 

Insurance Segment

 

Our insurance segment’s primary investment objective is to preserve capital and manage for a total rate of return. NLC’s strategy is to purchase securities in sectors that represent the most attractive relative value. Our insurance segment invests the premiums it receives from policyholders until they are needed to pay policyholder claims or other expenses. At March 31, 2015, the insurance segment’s securities portfolio was comprised of $144.2 million in available for sale securities and $6.5 million of other investments included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheet.

 

Non-Covered Loan Portfolio

 

Consolidated non-covered loans held for investment are detailed in the table below, classified by portfolio segment and segregated between those considered to be PCI loans and all other originated or acquired loans (in thousands). PCI loans showed evidence of credit deterioration on the date of acquisition that made it probable that all contractually required principal and interest payments would not be collected.

 

 

 

Loans, excluding

 

PCI

 

Total

 

March 31, 2015

 

PCI Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

2,201,824

 

$

19,903

 

$

2,221,727

 

Real estate

 

1,983,604

 

83,655

 

2,067,259

 

Construction and land development

 

483,532

 

9,761

 

493,293

 

Consumer

 

50,859

 

1,549

 

52,408

 

Non-covered loans, gross

 

4,719,819

 

114,868

 

4,834,687

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(34,431

)

(4,934

)

(39,365

)

Non-covered loans, net of allowance

 

$

4,685,388

 

$

109,934

 

$

4,795,322

 

 

 

 

Loans, excluding

 

PCI

 

Total

 

December 31, 2014

 

PCI Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

1,745,409

 

$

13,442

 

$

1,758,851

 

Real estate

 

1,670,684

 

24,151

 

1,694,835

 

Construction and land development

 

404,465

 

9,178

 

413,643

 

Consumer

 

51,009

 

2,138

 

53,147

 

Non-covered loans, gross

 

3,871,567

 

48,909

 

3,920,476

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(31,722

)

(5,319

)

(37,041

)

Non-covered loans, net of allowance

 

$

3,839,845

 

$

43,590

 

$

3,883,435

 

 

72



Table of Contents

 

Banking Segment

 

The loan portfolio constitutes the major earning asset of the banking segment and typically offers the best alternative for obtaining the maximum interest spread above the banking segment’s cost of funds. The overall economic strength of the banking segment generally parallels the quality and yield of its loan portfolio. The banking segment’s loan portfolio is presented below in two sections, “— Non-Covered Loan Portfolio” and “— Covered Loan Portfolio.” The “Covered Loan Portfolio” consists of loans acquired in the FNB Transaction that are subject to loss-share agreements with the FDIC and is discussed below. The “Non-Covered Loan Portfolio” includes all other loans held by the Bank, which we refer to as “non-covered loans,” and is discussed herein.

 

The banking segment’s total non-covered loans, net of the allowance for non-covered loan losses, were $5.3 billion and $4.7 billion at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The banking segment’s non-covered loan portfolio includes a $1.5 billion warehouse line of credit extended to PrimeLending, of which $1.1 billion and $1.2 billion was drawn at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Amounts advanced against the warehouse line of credit are eliminated from net loans on our consolidated balance sheets. The banking segment does not generally participate in syndicated loan transactions and has no foreign loans in its portfolio.

 

At March 31, 2015, the banking segment had non-covered loan concentrations (loans to borrowers engaged in similar activities) that exceeded 10% of total non-covered loans in its real estate portfolio. The areas of concentration within our non-covered real estate portfolio were non-construction commercial real estate loans, non-construction commercial real estate loans, and construction and land development loans, which represented 31.5%, 16.6% and 11.7%, respectively, of the banking segment’s total non-covered loans at March 31, 2015. The banking segment’s non-covered loan concentrations were within regulatory guidelines at March 31, 2015.

 

Broker-Dealer Segment

 

The loan portfolio of the broker-dealer segment consists primarily of margin loans to customers and correspondents that are included within the commercial and industrial portfolio segment in the table above. These loans are collateralized by the securities purchased or by other securities owned by the clients and, because of collateral coverage ratios, are believed to present minimal collectability exposure. Additionally, these loans are subject to a number of regulatory requirements as well as the Hilltop Broker-Dealers’ internal policies. The broker-dealer segment’s total non-covered loans, net of the allowance for non-covered loan losses, were $608.1 million and $378.3 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. This increase was primarily attributable to the inclusion of those operations acquired in the SWS Merger, partially offset by a decrease of $39.6 million in borrowings in margin accounts held by FSC customers and correspondents.

 

Mortgage Origination Segment

 

The loan portfolio of the mortgage origination segment consists of loans held for sale, primarily single-family residential mortgages funded through PrimeLending, and IRLCs with a customer pursuant to which we agree to originate a mortgage loan on a future date at an agreed-upon interest rate. The components of the mortgage origination segment’s loans held for sale and IRLCs are as follows (in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Loans held for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance

 

$

1,141,587

 

$

1,218,792

 

Fair value adjustment

 

46,665

 

53,360

 

 

 

$

1,188,252

 

$

1,272,152

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IRLCs:

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid principal balance

 

$

1,282,637

 

$

621,216

 

Fair value adjustment

 

35,106

 

17,057

 

 

 

$

1,317,743

 

$

638,273

 

 

The mortgage origination segment uses forward commitments to mitigate interest rate risk associated with its loans held for sale and IRLCs. The notional amounts of these forward commitments at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were

 

73



Table of Contents

 

$2.0 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively, while the related estimated fair values were $(11.4) million and $(11.1) million, respectively.

 

Covered Loan Portfolio

 

Banking Segment

 

Loans acquired in the FNB Transaction that are subject to loss-share agreements with the FDIC are referred to as “covered loans” and reported separately in our consolidated balance sheets. Under the terms of the loss-share agreements, the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Bank the following amounts with respect to the covered assets (including covered loans): (i) 80% of losses on the first $240.4 million of losses incurred; (ii) 0% of losses in excess of $240.4 million up to and including $365.7 million of losses incurred; and (iii) 80% of losses in excess of $365.7 million of losses incurred. The Bank has also agreed to reimburse the FDIC for any subsequent recoveries. The loss-share agreements for commercial and single family residential loans are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, and the loss recovery provisions to the FDIC are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from September 13, 2013 (the “Bank Closing Date”). In accordance with the loss-share agreements, the Bank may be required to make a “true-up” payment to the FDIC approximately ten years following the Bank Closing Date if the FDIC’s initial estimate of losses on covered assets is greater than the actual realized losses. The “true-up” payment is calculated using a defined formula set forth in the Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among the FDIC (as receiver of FNB), the Bank and the FDIC (the “P&A Agreement”). As of March 31, 2015, the Bank estimated that the sum of covered losses and reimbursable expenses subject to the loss-share agreements will exceed $240.4 million, but will not exceed $365.7 million. Unless actual plus projected covered losses and reimbursable expenses exceed $365.7 million, the Bank will not record additional amounts to the receivable under the loss-share agreements with the FDIC (“FDIC Indemnification Asset”). As of March 31, 2015, the Bank had billed $104.7 million of covered net losses to the FDIC, of which 80%, or $83.8 million, were reimbursable under the loss-share agreements. As of March 31, 2015, the Bank had received aggregate reimbursements of $83.8 million from the FDIC.

 

In connection with the FNB Transaction, the Bank acquired loans both with and without evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. Based on purchase date valuations, the banking segment’s portfolio of acquired covered loans had a fair value of $1.1 billion as of the Bank Closing Date, with no carryover of any allowance for loan losses.

 

Covered loans held for investment are detailed in the table below and classified by portfolio segment (in thousands).

 

 

 

Loans, excluding

 

PCI

 

Total

 

March 31, 2015

 

PCI Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

5,769

 

$

16,580

 

$

22,349

 

Real estate

 

173,866

 

304,174

 

478,040

 

Construction and land development

 

12,284

 

39,341

 

51,625

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

Covered loans, gross

 

191,919

 

360,095

 

552,014

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(72

)

(1,316

)

(1,388

)

Covered loans, net of allowance

 

$

191,847

 

$

358,779

 

$

550,626

 

 

 

 

Loans, excluding

 

PCI

 

Total

 

December 31, 2014

 

PCI Loans

 

Loans

 

Loans

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

10,345

 

$

20,435

 

$

30,780

 

Real estate

 

183,886

 

368,964

 

552,850

 

Construction and land development

 

13,021

 

45,989

 

59,010

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

Covered loans, gross

 

207,252

 

435,388

 

642,640

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

(77

)

(4,534

)

(4,611

)

Covered loans, net of allowance

 

$

207,175

 

$

430,854

 

$

638,029

 

 

At March 31, 2015, the banking segment had covered loan concentrations (loans to borrowers engaged in similar activities) that exceeded 10% of total covered loans in its real estate portfolio. The areas of concentration within our covered real estate portfolio were non-construction residential real estate loans and non-construction commercial real estate loans, which represented 47.4% and 38.2%, respectively, of the banking segment’s total covered loans at March 31, 2015. The banking segment’s covered loan concentrations were within regulatory guidelines at March 31, 2015.

 

74



Table of Contents

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in our existing non-covered and covered loan portfolios.

 

It is management’s responsibility at the end of each quarter, or more frequently as deemed necessary, to analyze the level of the allowance for loan losses to ensure that it is appropriate for the estimated credit losses in the portfolio. Estimated credit losses are the probable current amount of loans that we will be unable to collect given facts and circumstances as of the evaluation date. When management determines that a loan, or portion thereof, is uncollectible, the loan, or portion thereof, is charged-off against the allowance for loan losses, or for acquired loans accounted for in pools, charged against the pool discount. Recoveries on charge-offs of loans acquired in the Bank Transactions that occurred prior to their acquisition represent contractual cash flows not expected to be collected and are recorded as accretion income. Recoveries on acquired loans charged-off subsequent to their acquisition are credited to the allowance for loan loss, except for recoveries on loans accounted for in pools, which are credited to the pool discount.

 

The allowance for loan losses is subject to regulatory examination and determination as to adequacy, which may take into account such factors as the methodology used to calculate the allowance and the size of the allowance. While we believe we have an appropriate allowance for our existing non-covered and covered portfolios at March 31, 2015, additional provisions for losses on existing loans may be necessary in the future. Within our non-covered portfolio, we recorded net charge-offs of $0.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and net recoveries of $16 thousand during the three months ended March 31, 2014. Our allowance for non-covered loan losses totaled $39.4 million and $37.0 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The ratio of the allowance for non-covered loan losses to total non-covered loans held for investment at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was 0.81% and 0.94%, respectively. Within our covered portfolio, we recorded net charge-offs of $3.1 million and $0.3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our allowance for covered loan losses totaled $1.4 million and $4.6 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The ratio of the allowance for covered loan losses to total covered loans held for investment at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was 0.25% and 0.72%, respectively.

 

In connection with the Bank Transactions, we acquired loans both with and without evidence of credit quality deterioration since origination. PCI loans acquired in the PlainsCapital Merger are accounted for on an individual loan basis, while PCI loans acquired in each of the FNB Transaction and the SWS Merger are accounted for in pools as well as on an individual loan basis. We have established under our PCI accounting policy a framework to aggregate certain acquired loans into various loan pools based on a minimum of two layers of common risk characteristics for the purpose of determining their respective fair values as of their acquisition dates, and for applying the subsequent recognition and measurement provisions for income accretion and impairment testing. The common risk characteristics used for the pooling of the FNB and SWS PCI loans are risk grade and loan collateral type. The loans acquired in the Bank Transactions were initially recorded at fair value with no carryover of any allowance for loan losses.

 

Provisions for loan losses are charged to operations to record the total allowance for loan losses at a level deemed appropriate by the banking segment’s management based on such factors as the volume and type of lending it conducted, the amount of non-performing loans and related collateral security, the present level of the allowance for loan losses, the results of recent regulatory examinations, generally accepted accounting principles, general economic conditions and other factors related to the ability to collect loans in its portfolio. The provision for loan losses, primarily in the banking segment, was $2.7 million and $3.2 million during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

75



Table of Contents

 

The following tables present the activity in our allowance for loan losses within our non-covered and covered loan portfolios for the periods presented (in thousands). Substantially all of the activity shown below occurred within the banking segment.

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

Non-Covered Portfolio

 

2015

 

2014

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

37,041

 

$

33,241

 

Provision charged to operating expenses

 

2,794

 

1,388

 

Recoveries of non-covered loans previously charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

715

 

725

 

Real estate

 

44

 

32

 

Construction and land development

 

 

122

 

Consumer

 

25

 

18

 

Total recoveries

 

784

 

897

 

Non-covered loans charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

942

 

807

 

Real estate

 

278

 

 

Construction and land development

 

 

 

Consumer

 

34

 

74

 

Total charge-offs

 

1,254

 

881

 

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

 

(470

)

16

 

Balance, end of period

 

$

39,365

 

$

34,645

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

Covered Portfolio

 

2015

 

2014

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

4,611

 

$

1,061

 

Provision charged to (recapture of) operating expenses

 

(107

)

1,854

 

Recoveries of covered loans previously charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

 

 

Real estate

 

 

 

Construction and land development

 

 

 

Consumer

 

 

 

Total recoveries

 

 

 

Covered loans charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

900

 

91

 

Real estate

 

2,215

 

44

 

Construction and land development

 

1

 

115

 

Consumer

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

 

3,116

 

250

 

Net charge-offs

 

(3,116

)

(250

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

1,388

 

$

2,665

 

 

The distribution of the allowance for loan losses among loan types and the percentage of the loans for that type to gross loans, excluding unearned income, within our non-covered and covered loan portfolios are presented in the table below (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Covered

 

 

 

Non-Covered

 

Non-Covered Portfolio

 

Reserve

 

Loans

 

Reserve

 

Loans

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

20,643

 

45.96

%

$

18,999

 

44.86

%

Real estate (including construction and land development)

 

18,546

 

52.96

%

17,581

 

53.78

%

Consumer

 

176

 

1.08

%

461

 

1.36

%

Total

 

$

39,365

 

100.00

%

$

37,041

 

100.00

%

 

76



Table of Contents

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

% of

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

 

Covered

 

 

 

Covered

 

Covered Portfolio

 

Reserve

 

Loans

 

Reserve

 

Loans

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

364

 

4.05

%

$

1,193

 

4.79

%

Real estate (including construction and land development)

 

1,024

 

95.95

%

3,418

 

95.21

%

Consumer

 

 

0.00

%

 

0.00

%

Total

 

$

1,388

 

100.00

%

$

4,611

 

100.00

%

 

Potential Problem Loans

 

Potential problem loans consist of loans that are performing in accordance with contractual terms but for which management has concerns about the ability of an obligor to continue to comply with repayment terms because of the obligor’s potential operating or financial difficulties. Management monitors these loans and reviews their performance on a regular basis. Potential problem loans contain potential weaknesses that could improve, persist or further deteriorate. If such potential weaknesses persist without improving, the loan is subject to downgrade, typically to substandard, in three to six months. Potential problem loans are assigned a grade of special mention within our risk grading matrix. Potential problem loans do not include PCI loans since these loans exhibited evidence of credit deterioration at acquisition that made it probable that all contractually required principal payments would not be collected. Within our non-covered loan portfolio at March 31, 2015, we had three credit relationships totaling $2.9 million of potential problem loans, compared with three credit relationships totaling $1.8 million of non-covered potential problem loans at December 31, 2014. Within our covered loan portfolio at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had no credit relationships with potential problem loans.

 

Non-Performing Assets

 

The following table presents components of our non-covered non-performing assets (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Non-covered loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

23,222

 

$

16,648

 

Real estate

 

2,481

 

4,707

 

Construction and land development

 

726

 

703

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

$

26,429

 

$

22,058

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-covered non-performing loans as a percentage of total non-covered loans

 

0.44

%

0.42

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-covered other real estate owned

 

$

6,263

 

$

808

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other repossessed assets

 

$

87

 

$

361

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-covered non-performing assets

 

$

32,779

 

$

23,227

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-covered non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets

 

0.26

%

0.25

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-covered non-PCI loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing

 

$

24,248

 

$

19,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings included in accruing non-covered loans

 

$

2,879

 

$

2,901

 

 

At March 31, 2015, total non-covered non-performing assets increased $9.6 million to $32.8 million, compared with $23.2 million at December 31, 2014. Non-covered non-performing loans totaled $26.4 million at March 31, 2015 and $22.1 million at December 31, 2014. At March 31, 2015, non-covered non-accrual loans included 18 commercial and industrial relationships with loans of $21.2 million secured by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, life insurance, and a total of $2.0 million in lease financing receivables. Non-covered non-accrual loans at March 31, 2015 also included $2.5 million characterized as real estate loans, including two commercial real estate loan relationships of $0.4 million and loans secured by residential real estate of $2.1 million, $1.4 million of which were classified as loans held for sale, as well as construction

 

77



Table of Contents

 

and land development loans of $0.7 million. At December 31, 2014, non-covered non-accrual loans included twelve commercial and industrial relationships with loans of $15.0 million secured by accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, life insurance, and a total of $1.6 million in lease financing receivables. Non-covered non-accrual loans at December 31, 2014 also included $4.7 million characterized as real estate loans, including two commercial real estate loan relationships of $0.4 million and loans secured by residential real estate of $1.3 million, $3.0 million of which were classified as loans held for sale, as well as construction and land development loans of $0.7 million.

 

Non-covered OREO increased $5.5 million to $6.3 million at March 31, 2015, compared with $0.8 million at December 31, 2014. Changes in non-covered OREO included the addition of nine properties totaling $6.1 million and the disposal of two properties totaling $0.6 million, all of which were acquired in the SWS Merger. At March 31, 2015, non-covered OREO included commercial properties of $0.4 million and commercial real estate property consisting of parcels of unimproved land of $5.9 million. At December 31, 2014, non-covered OREO included commercial properties of $0.4 million and commercial real estate property consisting of parcels of unimproved land of $0.4 million.

 

Non-covered non-PCI loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing were $24.2 million and $19.2 million at March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, all of which were loans held for sale and guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies, including loans that are subject to repurchase, or have been repurchased, by PrimeLending.

 

At March 31, 2015, troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) on non-covered loans totaled $9.8 million. These TDRs were comprised of $2.9 million of non-covered loans that are considered to be performing and non-covered non-performing loans of $6.9 million reported in non-accrual loans. At December 31, 2014, TDRs on non-covered loans totaled $10.3 million, of which $2.9 million relate to non-covered loans that are considered to be performing and non-covered non-performing loans of $7.4 million reported in non-accrual loans.

 

The following table presents components of our covered non-performing assets (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

Covered loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

 

$

585

 

$

1,325

 

Real estate

 

13,124

 

31,869

 

Construction and land development

 

1,040

 

1,029

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

$

14,749

 

$

34,223

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered non-performing loans as a percentage of total covered loans

 

2.67

%

5.33

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered other real estate owned:

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate - residential

 

$

14,552

 

$

15,711

 

Real estate - commercial

 

52,148

 

40,889

 

Construction and land development - residential

 

15,890

 

21,719

 

Construction and land development - commercial

 

55,113

 

58,626

 

 

 

$

137,703

 

$

136,945

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other repossessed assets

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered non-performing assets

 

$

152,452

 

$

171,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets

 

1.21

%

1.85

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered non-PCI loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing

 

$

120

 

$

67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings included in accruing covered loans

 

$

333

 

$

326

 

 

At March 31, 2015, covered non-performing assets decreased by $18.7 million to $152.5 million, compared with $171.2 million at December 31, 2014, primarily due to a decrease in covered non-accrual loans of $19.5 million. Covered non-performing loans totaled $14.7 million at March 31, 2015 and $34.2 million at December 31, 2014. At March 31, 2015, covered non-performing loans included four commercial and industrial relationships with loans of $0.6 million secured by accounts receivable and inventory, four commercial real estate loan relationships of $11.5 million, 14 residential real estate loan relationships of $1.6 million, as well as construction and land development loans of $1.0 million. At December 31,

 

78



Table of Contents

 

2014, covered non-performing loans included two commercial and industrial relationships with loans of $2.1 million secured by accounts receivable and inventory, four commercial real estate loan relationships of $30.8 million, nine residential real estate loan relationships of $1.1 million, as well as construction and land development loans of $1.0 million.

 

OREO acquired in the FNB Transaction that is subject to the FDIC loss-share agreements is referred to as “covered OREO” and reported separately in our consolidated balance sheets. Covered OREO increased $0.8 million to $137.7 million at March 31, 2015, compared with $136.9 million at December 31, 2014. The increase was primarily due to the addition of 39 properties totaling $24.0 million, partially offset by the disposal of 73 properties totaling $22.3 million and fair value valuation decreases of $0.9 million.

 

Covered non-PCI loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing totaled $0.1 million at March 31, 2015 and included a secured commercial and industrial loan, an unsecured commercial and industrial loan, and a commercial real estate loan. Covered non-PCI loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing totaled $0.1 million at December 31, 2014 and included a secured commercial and industrial loan, a construction and land development loan, and a residential real estate loan.

 

At March 31, 2015, TDRs on covered loans totaled $1.5 million, of which $0.3 million relate to covered loans that are considered to be performing and covered non-performing loans of $1.2 million included in non-accrual loans. At December 31, 2014, TDRs on covered loans totaled $0.7 million, of which $0.3 million relate to covered loans that are considered to be performing and covered non-performing loans of $0.4 million included in non-accrual loans.

 

Insurance Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

 

At March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, our reserves for unpaid losses and LAE were $29.0 million and $25.4 million, respectively, net of estimated recoveries from reinsurance of $8.5 million and $4.3 million, respectively. The increase in the net reserve for unpaid losses and LAE was primarily due to increased reserves attributable to prior period adverse development associated with litigation emerging from a series of hail storms within the 2012 through 2014 accident years. The liability for insurance losses and LAE represents estimates of the ultimate unpaid cost of all losses incurred, including losses for claims that have not yet been reported, less a reduction for reinsurance recoverables related to those liabilities. Separately for each of NLIC and ASIC and each line of business, our actuaries estimate the liability for unpaid losses and LAE by first estimating ultimate losses and LAE amounts for each year, prior to recognizing the impact of reinsurance. The amount of liabilities for reported claims is based primarily on a claim-by-claim evaluation of coverage, liability, injury severity or scope of property damage, and any other information considered relevant to estimating exposure presented by the claim.

 

NLC’s liabilities for unpaid losses represent the best estimate at a given point in time of what it expects to pay claimants, based on facts, circumstances and historical trends then known. During the loss settlement period, additional facts regarding individual claims may become known and, consequently, it often becomes necessary to refine and adjust the estimates of liability. This process is commonly referred to as loss development. To project ultimate losses and LAE, our actuaries examine the paid and reported losses and LAE for each accident year and multiply these values by a loss development factor. The selected loss development factors are based upon a review of the loss development patterns indicated in the companies’ historical loss triangles (which utilize historical trends, adjusted for changes in loss costs, underwriting standards, policy provisions, product mix and other factors) and applicable insurance industry loss development factors. Estimating the liability for unpaid losses and LAE is inherently judgmental and is influenced by factors that are subject to significant variation. Liabilities for LAE are intended to cover the ultimate cost of settling claims, including investigation and defense of lawsuits resulting from such claims.

 

The reserve analysis performed by our actuaries provides preliminary central estimates of the unpaid losses and LAE. At each quarter-end, the results of the reserve analysis are summarized and discussed with our senior management. The senior management group considers many factors in determining the amount of reserves to record for financial statement purposes. These factors include the extent and timing of any recent catastrophic events, historical pattern and volatility of the actuarial indications, the sensitivity of the actuarial indications to changes in paid and reported loss patterns, the consistency of claims handling processes, the consistency of case reserving practices, changes in our pricing and underwriting, and overall pricing and underwriting trends in the insurance market.

 

79



Table of Contents

 

Deposits

 

The banking segment’s major source of funds and liquidity is its deposit base. Deposits provide funding for its investment in loans and securities. Interest paid for deposits must be managed carefully to control the level of interest expense and overall net interest margin. The composition of the deposit base (time deposits versus interest-bearing demand deposits and savings), as discussed in more detail within the section entitled “Liquidity and Capital Resources — Banking Segment” below, is constantly changing due to the banking segment’s needs and market conditions. Overall, average deposits totaled $7.3 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase from average deposits of $6.7 billion during the three months ended March 31, 2014 and $6.4 billion during the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in average deposits during the three months ended March 31, 2015, compared with the same period in 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2014, was primarily due to changes within our demand deposit and time deposit accounts. The increase in demand deposits between the noted periods primarily related to the inclusion of those deposits assumed in the SWS Merger, while the decrease in time deposits between the noted periods was due to our strategic decision during the second quarter of 2014 to offer lower renewal rates on certain time deposits acquired in the FNB Transaction. For the periods presented below, the average rates paid associated with time deposits include the effects of amortization of the deposit premiums booked as a part of the PlainsCapital Merger and the FNB Transaction.

 

The table below presents the average balance of, and rate paid on, consolidated deposits (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

$

2,152,610

 

0.00

%

$

1,721,403

 

0.00

%

$

1,862,277

 

0.00

%

Interest-bearing demand deposits

 

3,130,424

 

0.14

%

2,355,333

 

0.22

%

2,249,527

 

0.22

%

Savings deposits

 

327,802

 

0.16

%

312,675

 

0.25

%

304,774

 

0.19

%

Time deposits

 

1,646,318

 

0.76

%

2,281,205

 

0.40

%

1,936,447

 

0.53

%

 

 

$

7,257,154

 

0.24

%

$

6,670,616

 

0.23

%

$

6,353,025

 

0.25

%

 

Borrowings

 

Our borrowings are shown in the table below (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

Balance

 

Rate Paid

 

Short-term borrowings

 

$

999,476

 

0.52

%

$

762,696

 

0.32

%

Notes payable

 

108,682

 

2.45

%

56,684

 

4.27

%

Junior subordinated debentures

 

67,012

 

3.54

%

67,012

 

3.52

%

 

 

$

1,175,170

 

0.95

%

$

886,392

 

0.88

%

 

Short-term borrowings consisted of federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, borrowings at the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and short-term bank loans. The $236.8 million increase in short-term borrowings at March 31, 2015 compared with December 31, 2014 was primarily due to an increase of $378.3 million in short-term bank loans and securities sold under agreements to repurchase used by the Hilltop Broker-Dealers to finance its activities, partially offset by a decrease of $150.0 million in borrowings at the FHLB that had an original maturity of one year or less. The increase in short-term bank loans and securities sold under agreements to repurchase was due to both the inclusion of those operations acquired in the SWS Merger and an increase in borrowings at FSC to finance the increased purchases of eligible escrow securities given the closing of a Treasury program previously used for refinancings and the increase in municipal refundings resulting from interest rate levels. The decrease in borrowings at the FHLB was the result of lower funding requirements due to the additional cash acquired in the SWS Merger and proceeds from the sales of the investment portfolio of the former SWS FSB. Notes payable at March 31, 2015 of $108.7 million was comprised of insurance segment term notes of $53.5 million and the addition during 2015 of those FHLB borrowings with an original maturity greater than one year held by the former SWS FSB within the banking segment of $55.2 million. For the 2015 period above, the average rate paid associated with notes payable includes the effect of amortization of the premiums on FHLB borrowings booked as a part of the SWS Merger.

 

80



Table of Contents

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Hilltop is a financial holding company whose assets primarily consist of the stock of its subsidiaries and invested assets. Hilltop’s primary investment objectives, as a holding company, are to preserve capital and have available cash resources to utilize in making acquisitions. At March 31, 2015, Hilltop had $58.9 million in freely available cash and cash equivalents, a decrease of $87.1 million from $146.0 million at December 31, 2014. This decrease in available cash was primarily due to the use of $78.2 million to settle the cash portion of the merger consideration associated with the SWS Merger. If necessary or appropriate, we may also finance acquisitions with the proceeds from equity or debt issuances. Subject to regulatory restrictions, Hilltop may also receive dividends from its subsidiaries. The current short-term liquidity needs of Hilltop include operating expenses and interest on debt obligations.

 

Senior Notes due 2025

 

On April 9, 2015, we completed our offering of $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes in a private offering that was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Senior Notes were offered within the United States only to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, and to persons outside of the United States under Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of April 9, 2015 (the “indenture”), by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The net proceeds from the offering, after deducting estimated fees and expenses and the initial purchaser’ discounts, were approximately $148 million. We used the net proceeds of the offering to redeem all of our outstanding Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (“Series B Preferred Stock”) at an aggregate liquidation value of $114.1 million, plus accrued but unpaid dividends of $0.4 million, and will utilize the remainder for general corporate purposes. The Senior Notes bear interest at a rate of 5% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on October 15, 2015. The Senior Notes will mature on April 15, 2025, unless we redeem the Senior Notes, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on or after January 15, 2025 (three months prior to the maturity date of the Senior Notes) at our election at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Senior Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

The indenture contains covenants that limit our ability to, among other things and subject to certain significant exceptions: (i) dispose of or issue voting stock of certain of our bank subsidiaries or subsidiaries that own voting stock of our bank subsidiaries, (ii) incur or permit to exist any mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or lien or charge on the capital stock of certain of our bank subsidiaries or subsidiaries that own capital stock of our bank subsidiaries and (iii) sell all or substantially all of our assets or merge or consolidate with or into other companies.  The indenture also provide for certain events of default, which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal amount, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the then outstanding notes to be declared immediately due and payable.

 

In connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes, on April 9, 2015, we entered into a registration rights agreement pursuant to which we agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to (i) have an exchange offer registration statement declared effective by the SEC no later than July 8, 2015 (the “effectiveness deadline”) and (ii) following the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement, (a) commence the exchange offer and keep the exchange offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law), and (b) issue exchange notes (the “exchange notes”) with terms substantially identical to the terms of the Senior Notes, except that the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the Senior Notes will not apply to the exchange notes, in exchange for all Senior Notes tendered in the exchange offer no later than 30 days (or longer, if required by the federal securities laws) after the effectiveness deadline.

 

If we fail to meet our registration obligations under the registration rights agreement, then we agreed to pay holders of the Senior Notes whose ability to transfer such Senior Notes is restricted additional interest in an amount equal to 0.25% per annum per $1,000 in principal amount of transfer-restricted Senior Notes held by such holder for the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default, and an additional 0.25% per annum per $1,000 in principal amount of transfer-restricted Senior Notes for each subsequent 90-day period, until all registration defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of additional interest of 0.50% per annum per $1,000 in principal amount of transfer-restricted Senior Notes.

 

81



Table of Contents

 

SWS

 

On January 1, 2015, we completed our acquisition of SWS in a stock and cash transaction, whereby SWS merged with and into Hilltop Securities. SWS’s broker-dealer subsidiaries, Southwest Securities and SWS Financial, became subsidiaries of Hilltop Securities. Immediately following the SWS Merger, SWS’s banking subsidiary, SWS FSB, was merged into the Bank. As a result of the SWS Merger, each outstanding share of SWS common stock was converted into the right to receive 0.2496 shares of Hilltop common stock and $1.94 in cash, equating to $6.92 per share based on Hilltop’s closing price on December 31, 2014 and resulting in an aggregate purchase price of $349.1 million, consisting of 10.1 million shares of common stock, $78.2 million in cash and $70.3 million associated with our existing investment in SWS common stock. Additionally, due to appraisal rights proceedings filed in connection with the SWS Merger, the merger consideration is subject to change, and therefore, preliminary at this time.

 

Series B Preferred Stock

 

As a result of the PlainsCapital Merger, the outstanding shares of PlainsCapital Corporation’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, all of which were held by the U.S. Treasury, were converted on a one-for-one basis into shares of Hilltop Series B Preferred Stock. The terms of our Series B Preferred Stock provide for the payment of non-cumulative dividends on a quarterly basis. The dividend rate, as a percentage of the liquidation amount, fluctuated until December 31, 2013 based upon changes in the level of “qualified small business lending” (“QSBL”) by the Bank. The shares of Hilltop Series B Preferred Stock are senior to shares of our common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation preference, and qualify as Tier 1 Capital for regulatory purposes. At both March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $114.1 million of our Series B Preferred Stock was outstanding. During the three months ended March 31, 2015, we accrued dividends of $1.4 million on the Hilltop Series B Preferred Stock.

 

The dividend rate on the Hilltop Series B Preferred Stock had been fixed at 5.0% per annum since January 1, 2014, based upon our level of QSBL at September 30, 2013. We redeemed all shares of Series B Preferred Stock on April 28, 2015.

 

Loss-Share Agreements

 

In connection with the FNB Transaction, the Bank entered into two loss-share agreements with the FDIC that collectively cover $1.2 billion of loans and OREO acquired in the FNB Transaction, which we refer to as “covered assets”. Pursuant to the loss-share agreements, the FDIC has agreed to reimburse the Bank the following amounts with respect to the covered assets: (i) 80% of losses on the first $240.4 million of losses incurred; (ii) 0% of losses in excess of $240.4 million up to and including $365.7 million of losses incurred; and (iii) 80% of losses in excess of $365.7 million of losses incurred. The Bank has also agreed to reimburse the FDIC for any subsequent recoveries. The loss-share agreements for commercial and single family residential loans are in effect for 5 years and 10 years, respectively, from the Bank Closing Date and the loss recovery provisions to the FDIC are in effect for 8 years and 10 years, respectively, from the Bank Closing Date. In accordance with the loss-share agreements, the Bank may be required to make a “true-up” payment to the FDIC approximately ten years following the Bank Closing Date if the FDIC’s initial estimate of losses on covered assets is greater than the actual realized losses. The “true-up” payment is calculated using a defined formula set forth in the P&A Agreement.

 

Regulatory Capital

 

We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements may prompt certain actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Under capital adequacy and regulatory requirements, we must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of our assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Our capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 

In January 2015, the new comprehensive capital framework (“Basel III”) for U.S. banking organizations became effective for the Bank and Hilltop for reporting periods beginning after January 1, 2015 (subject to a phase-in period through January 2019). Under Basel III, total capital consists of two tiers of capital, Tier 1 and Tier 2. Tier 1 capital is further composed of common equity Tier 1 capital and additional Tier 1 capital. Total capital is the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital.

 

82



Table of Contents

 

In addition, under the final rules, bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009 are allowed to continue to include junior subordinated debentures in Tier 1 capital, subject to certain restrictions. However, if an institution grows to above $15 billion in assets as a result of an acquisition, or organically grows to above $15 billion in assets and then makes an acquisition, the combined trust preferred issuances must be phased out of Tier 1 and into Tier 2 capital (75% in 2015 and 100% in 2016). All of the debentures issued to the PCC Statutory Trusts I, II, III and IV (the “Trusts”), less the common stock of the Trusts, qualified as Tier 1 capital as of March 31, 2015, under guidance issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

 

The final rules also provide for a number of adjustments to and deductions from the new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, as well as changes to the calculation of risk weighted assets which is expected to increase the absolute level. Under current capital standards, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive items included in capital are excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Under Basel III, the effects of certain accumulated other comprehensive items are not excluded; however, non-advanced approaches banking organizations, including Hilltop and the Bank, made a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items. Hilltop and the Bank made this election in order to avoid significant variations in the level of capital depending upon the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the fair value of our securities portfolio. In addition, deductions include, for example, the requirement that mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in non-consolidated financial entities be deducted from the common equity Tier 1 capital ratio to the extent that any one such category exceeds 10% of the common equity Tier 1 capital ratio or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of the common equity Tier 1 capital ratio. Further, deferred tax assets which are related to operating losses and tax credit carry forward are excluded from the common equity Tier 1 capital ratio.

 

At March 31, 2015, Hilltop exceeded all regulatory capital requirements in accordance with Basel III with a total capital to risk weighted assets ratio of 20.82%, Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets ratio of 20.26%, common equity Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets ratio of 18.05%, and a Tier 1 capital to average assets, or leverage, ratio of 12.68%. The Bank’s consolidated actual capital amounts and ratios at March 31, 2015 resulted in it being considered “well-capitalized” under regulatory requirements in accordance with Basel III, and included a total capital to risk weighted assets ratio of 17.19%, Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets ratio of 16.46%, common equity Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets ratio of 16.46%, and a Tier 1 capital to average assets, or leverage, ratio of 11.34%. We discuss regulatory capital requirements in more detail in Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements, as well as under the caption “Government Supervision and Regulation — Banking — BASEL III” set forth in Part I, Item I. of our 2014 Form 10-K.

 

Cash Flow Activities

 

Cash and cash equivalents (consisting of cash and due from banks and federal funds sold), totaled $708.5 million at March 31, 2015, a decrease of $104.6 million from $813.1 million at December 31, 2014. Deposit flows, calls of investment securities and borrowed funds, and prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed securities are strongly influenced by interest rates, general and local economic conditions and competition in the marketplace. These factors reduce the predictability of the timing of these sources of funds.

 

Cash used in operations during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $38.8 million, a decrease in cash flow of $193.1 million compared with the same period in 2014. Cash used in operations increased primarily due to reductions in cash provided by our mortgage loan origination activities and the inclusion of those operating activities acquired in the SWS Merger during the three months ended March 31, 2015.

 

Cash provided by our investing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $792.3 million, including net proceeds from securities in our investment portfolio of $453.6 million, the net change in loans of $267.5 million, and net cash from the SWS Merger of $41.1 million. Cash used in our investment activities during three months ended March 31, 2014 was $39.4 million, including $45.2 million in net purchases of securities in our investment portfolio and net purchases of premises and equipment and other assets of $8.7 million, partially offset by $14.7 million in proceeds from sales of premises and equipment and other real estate owned.

 

Cash used in financing activities during the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $858.0 million, compared with cash provided by financing activities of $56.5 million during the same period in 2014. This year-over year decrease in cash flow of $914.5 million was primarily due to reductions in cash associated with the net change in deposits of $815.5 million, the net change in short-term borrowings of $76.8 million and payments on notes payable of $23.0 million.

 

83



Table of Contents

 

Banking Segment

 

Within our banking segment, liquidity refers to the measure of our ability to meet our customers’ short-term and long-term deposit withdrawals and anticipated and unanticipated increases in loan demand without penalizing earnings. Interest rate sensitivity involves the relationships between rate-sensitive assets and liabilities and is an indication of the probable effects of interest rate fluctuations on our net interest income.

 

Our asset and liability group is responsible for continuously monitoring our liquidity position to ensure that assets and liabilities are managed in a manner that will meet our short-term and long-term cash requirements. Funds invested in short-term marketable instruments, the continuous maturing of other interest-earning assets, cash flows from self-liquidating investments such as mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, the possible sale of available for sale securities, and the ability to securitize certain types of loans provide sources of liquidity from an asset perspective. The liability base provides sources of liquidity through deposits and the maturity structure of short-term borrowed funds. For short-term liquidity needs, we utilize federal fund lines of credit with correspondent banks, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, borrowings from the Federal Reserve and borrowings under lines of credit with other financial institutions.  For intermediate liquidity needs, we utilize advances from the FHLB. To supply liquidity over the longer term, we have access to brokered time deposits, term loans at the FHLB and borrowings under lines of credit with other financial institutions.

 

We had deposits of $7.1 billion at March 31, 2015, an increase of $759.4 million from $6.4 billion at December 31, 2014. This increase is primarily due to the inclusion of $938.3 million of deposits assumed in the SWS Merger. Deposit flows are affected by the level of market interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by competitors, the volatility of equity markets and other factors. At March 31, 2015, money market deposits, including brokered deposits, were $1.3 billion; time deposits, including brokered deposits, were $1.6 billion; and noninterest bearing demand deposits were $2.3 billion. Money market deposits, including brokered deposits, increased by $328.0 million from $941.8 million and time deposits, including brokered deposits, decreased $85.0 million from $1.7 billion at December 31, 2014.

 

The Bank’s 15 largest depositors, excluding Hilltop and First Southwest, accounted for 11.35% of the Bank’s total deposits, and the Bank’s five largest depositors, excluding First Southwest, accounted for 6.62% of the Bank’s total deposits at March 31, 2015. The loss of one or more of our largest Bank customers, or a significant decline in our deposit balances due to ordinary course fluctuations related to these customers’ businesses, could adversely affect our liquidity and might require us to raise deposit rates to attract new deposits, purchase federal funds or borrow funds on a short-term basis to replace such deposits. We have not experienced any liquidity issues to date with respect to brokered deposits or our other large balance deposits, and we believe alternative sources of funding are available to more than compensate for the loss of one or more of these customers.

 

Broker-Dealer Segment

 

The Hilltop Broker-Dealers rely on their equity capital, short-term bank borrowings, interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing client credit balances, correspondent deposits, securities lending arrangements, repurchase agreement financings and other payables to finance its assets and operations. FSC has credit arrangements with four unaffiliated banks of up to $305.0 million and Southwest Securities has credit arrangements with three unaffiliated banks of up to $375.0 million. These credit arrangements are used to finance securities owned, securities held for correspondent accounts, receivables in customer margin accounts and underwriting activities. These credit arrangements are provided on an “as offered” basis and are not committed lines of credit. At March 31, 2015, FSC and Southwest Securities had borrowed $131.7 million and $128.0 million, respectively, under these credit arrangements. In addition, Southwest Securities has a committed revolving credit facility with an unaffiliated bank of up to $45.0 million. At March 31, 2015, Southwest Securities had no borrowings under this credit facility.

 

Mortgage Origination Segment

 

PrimeLending funds the mortgage loans it originates through a warehouse line of credit of up to $1.5 billion maintained with the Bank. At March 31, 2015, PrimeLending had outstanding borrowings of $1.1 billion against the warehouse line of credit. PrimeLending sells substantially all mortgage loans it originates to various investors in the secondary market, the majority with servicing released. As these mortgage loans are sold in the secondary market, PrimeLending pays down its warehouse line of credit with the Bank. In addition, PrimeLending has an available line of credit with JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA (“JPMorgan Chase”) of up to $1.0 million. At March 31, 2015, PrimeLending had no borrowings under the JPMorgan Chase line of credit.

 

84



Table of Contents

 

Insurance Segment

 

Our insurance operating subsidiary’s primary investment objectives are to preserve capital and manage for a total rate of return. NLC’s strategy is to purchase securities in sectors that represent the most attractive relative value. Bonds, cash and short-term investments of $227.1 million, or 91.7%, equity investments of $13.9 million and other investments of $6.5 million comprised NLC’s $247.5 million in total cash and investments at March 31, 2015. NLC does not currently have any significant concentration in both direct and indirect guarantor exposure or any investments in subprime mortgages. NLC has custodial agreements with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and an investment management agreement with DTF Holdings, LLC.

 

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

Our consolidated financial statements included herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which presently require us to measure financial position and operating results primarily in terms of historic dollars. Changes in the relative value of money due to inflation or recession are generally not considered. The primary effect of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. In management’s opinion, changes in interest rates affect the financial condition of a financial institution to a far greater degree than changes in the inflation rate. While interest rates are greatly influenced by changes in the inflation rate, they do not necessarily change at the same rate or in the same magnitude as the inflation rate. Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including changes in the expected rate of inflation, the influence of general and local economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. government, its agencies and various other governmental regulatory authorities.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments; Guarantees

 

In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with GAAP, are not included in our consolidated balance sheets. We enter into these transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets.

 

We enter into contractual loan commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of our commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards until the time of loan funding. We minimize our exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. We assess the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit and have recorded a liability related to such credit risk in our consolidated financial statements.

 

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, we would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. If the commitment is funded, we would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. Our policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.

 

In the aggregate, the Bank had outstanding unused commitments to extend credit of $1.6 billion at March 31, 2015 and outstanding financial and performance standby letters of credit of $43.0 million at March 31, 2015.

 

In the normal course of business, the Hilltop Broker-Dealers execute, settle and finance various securities transactions that may expose the Hilltop Broker-Dealers to off-balance sheet risk in the event that a customer or counterparty does not fulfill its contractual obligations. Examples of such transactions include the sale of securities not yet purchased by customers or for the account of the Hilltop Broker-Dealers, use of derivatives to support certain non-profit housing organization clients, clearing agreements between the Hilltop Broker-Dealers and various clearinghouses and broker-dealers, secured financing arrangements that involve pledged securities, and when-issued underwriting and purchase commitments.

 

85



Table of Contents

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our management’s discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition. We have identified certain significant accounting policies which involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity in making certain estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements. The significant accounting policies which we believe to be the most critical in preparing our consolidated financial statements relate to allowance for loan losses, FDIC Indemnification Asset, reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, loan indemnification liability, mortgage servicing rights and acquisition accounting. Since December 31, 2014, there have been no changes in critical accounting policies as further described under “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” and Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our 2014 Form 10-K.

 

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

 

Our assessment of market risk as of March 31, 2015 indicates there are no material changes in the quantitative and qualitative disclosures from those previously reported in our 2014 Form 10-K, except as discussed below.

 

The primary objective of the following information is to provide forward-looking quantitative and qualitative information about our potential exposure to market risks. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may result from changes in value of a financial instrument as a result of changes in interest rates, market prices and the credit perception of an issuer. The disclosure is not meant to be a precise indicator of expected future losses, but rather an indicator of reasonably possible losses, and therefore our actual results may differ from any of the following projections. This forward-looking information provides an indicator of how we view and manage our ongoing market risk exposures.

 

Banking Segment

 

The banking segment is engaged primarily in the business of investing funds obtained from deposits and borrowings in interest-earning loans and investments, and our primary component of market risk is sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Consequently, our earnings depend to a significant extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between interest income on loans and investments and our interest expense on deposits and borrowings. To the extent that our interest-bearing liabilities do not reprice or mature at the same time as our interest-bearing assets, we are subject to interest rate risk and corresponding fluctuations in net interest income.

 

There are several common sources of interest rate risk that must be effectively managed if there is to be minimal impact on our earnings and capital. Repricing risk arises largely from timing differences in the pricing of assets and liabilities.  Reinvestment risk refers to the reinvestment of cash flows from interest payments and maturing assets at lower or higher rates. Basis risk exists when different yield curves or pricing indices do not change at precisely the same time or in the same magnitude such that assets and liabilities with the same maturity are not all affected equally. Yield curve risk refers to unequal movements in interest rates across a full range of maturities.

 

We have employed asset/liability management policies that attempt to manage our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, thereby attempting to control the volatility of net interest income, without having to incur unacceptable levels of risk. We employ procedures which include interest rate shock analysis, repricing gap analysis and balance sheet decomposition techniques to help mitigate interest rate risk in the ordinary course of business. In addition, the asset/liability management policies permit the use of various derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk or hedge specified assets and liabilities.

 

An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time period, either matures or experiences an interest rate change in line with general market interest rates. The management of interest rate risk is performed by analyzing the maturity and repricing relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at specific points in time (“GAP”) and by analyzing the effects of interest rate changes on net interest income over specific periods of time by projecting the performance of the mix of assets and liabilities in varied interest rate environments. Interest rate sensitivity reflects the potential effect on net interest income resulting from a movement in interest rates. A company is considered to be asset sensitive, or have a positive GAP, when the amount of its interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities also maturing or repricing within that time period. Conversely, a company is considered to be liability sensitive, or have a negative GAP, when the

 

86



Table of Contents

 

amount of its interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within a given period exceeds the amount of its interest-earning assets also maturing or repricing within that time period. During a period of rising interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to affect net interest income adversely, while a positive GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income. During a period of falling interest rates, a negative GAP would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive GAP would tend to affect net interest income adversely. However, it is our intent to remain relatively balanced so that changes in rates do not have a significant impact on earnings.

 

As illustrated in the table below, the banking segment is asset sensitive overall. Loans that adjust daily or monthly to the Wall Street Journal Prime rate comprise a large percentage of interest sensitive assets and are the primary cause of the banking segment’s asset sensitivity. To help neutralize interest rate sensitivity, the banking segment has kept the terms of most of its borrowings under one year as shown in the following table (dollars in thousands).

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

 

 

3 Months or

 

> 3 Months to

 

> 1 Year to

 

> 3 Years to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less

 

1 Year

 

3 Years

 

5 Years

 

> 5 Years

 

Total

 

Interest sensitive assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$

3,127,186

 

$

633,885

 

$

887,486

 

$

333,748

 

$

866,194

 

$

5,848,499

 

Securities

 

71,603

 

149,495

 

301,585

 

121,571

 

274,912

 

919,166

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

14,425

 

 

 

 

 

14,425

 

Other interest sensitive assets

 

437,494

 

 

 

 

26,471

 

463,965

 

Total interest sensitive assets

 

3,650,708

 

783,380

 

1,189,071

 

455,319

 

1,167,577

 

7,246,055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitive liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing checking

 

$

2,441,956

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

2,441,956

 

Savings

 

344,919

 

 

 

 

 

344,919

 

Time deposits

 

422,671

 

653,187

 

445,798

 

22,759

 

44,241

 

1,588,656

 

Notes payable & other borrowings

 

349,529

 

150,893

 

25,499

 

18,346

 

16,647

 

560,914

 

Total interest sensitive liabilities

 

3,559,075

 

804,080

 

471,297

 

41,105

 

60,888

 

4,936,445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest sensitivity gap

 

$

91,633

 

$

(20,700

)

$

717,774

 

$

414,214

 

$

1,106,689

 

$

2,309,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cumulative interest sensitivity gap

 

$

91,633

 

$

70,933

 

$

788,707

 

$

1,202,921

 

$

2,309,610

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of cumulative gap to total interest sensitive assets

 

1.26

%

0.98

%

10.88

%

16.60

%

31.87

%

 

 

 

The positive GAP in the interest rate analysis indicates that banking segment net interest income would generally rise if rates increase. Because of inherent limitations in interest rate GAP analysis, the banking segment uses multiple interest rate risk measurement techniques. Simulation analysis is used to subject the current repricing conditions to rising and falling interest rates in increments and decrements of 1%, 2% and 3% to determine the effect on net interest income changes for the next twelve months. The banking segment also measures the effects of changes in interest rates on economic value of equity by discounting projected cash flows of deposits and loans. Economic value changes in the investment portfolio are estimated by discounting future cash flows and using duration analysis. Investment security prepayments are estimated using current market information. We believe the simulation analysis presents a more accurate picture than the GAP analysis. Simulation analysis recognizes that deposit products may not react to changes in interest rates as quickly or with the same magnitude as earning assets contractually tied to a market rate index. The sensitivity to changes in market rates varies across deposit products. Also, unlike GAP analysis, simulation analysis takes into account the effect of embedded options in the securities and loan portfolios as well as any off-balance-sheet derivatives.

 

The table below shows the estimated impact of increases of 1%, 2% and 3% and a decrease of 0.5% in interest rates on net interest income and on economic value of equity for the banking segment at March 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands).

 

Change in

 

Changes in

 

Changes in

 

Interest Rates

 

Net Interest Income

 

Economic Value of Equity

 

(basis points)

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

+300

 

$

11,826

 

4.55

%

$

71,825

 

5.47

%

+200

 

$

6,038

 

2.32

%

$

56,950

 

4.33

%

+100

 

$

(3,571

)

-1.37

%

$

26,369

 

2.01

%

-50

 

$

1,180

 

0.45

%

$

(49,301

)

-3.75

%

 

87



Table of Contents

 

The projected changes in net interest income and economic value of equity to changes in interest rates at March 31, 2015 were in compliance with established internal policy guidelines. These projected changes are based on numerous assumptions of growth and changes in the mix of assets or liabilities.

 

The historically low level of interest rates, combined with the existence of rate floors that are in effect for a significant portion of the loan portfolio, are projected to cause yields on our earning assets to rise more slowly than increases in market interest rates. As a result, in a rising interest rate environment, our interest rate margins are projected to compress until the rise in market interest rates is sufficient to allow our loan portfolio to reprice above applicable rate floors.

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management, with the supervision and participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report.

 

Based upon that evaluation, our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of the end of such period, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act and are effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting, other than as it relates to the incorporation of the acquired systems and processes of SWS into our internal control environment.

 

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings.

 

For a description of material pending legal proceedings, see the discussion set forth under the heading “Legal Matters” in Note 12 to our Consolidated Financial Statements, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

 

Except as follows, there have been no material changes to the risk factors disclosed under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of our 2014 Form 10-K. For additional information concerning our risk factors, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors” of our 2014 Form 10-K.

 

Our indebtedness may affect our ability to operate our business, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We may incur additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness.

 

At March 31, 2015, on a consolidated basis, we had total deposits of $7.1 billion and other indebtedness of $1.2 billion. In addition, on April 9, 2015, we issued $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes. Our significant amount of indebtedness could have important consequences, such as:

 

·                  limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund our working capital needs, acquisitions, capital expenditures or other debt service requirements or for other purposes;

 

88



Table of Contents

 

·                  limiting our ability to use operating cash flow in other areas of our business because we must dedicate a substantial portion of these funds to service debt;

 

·                  limiting our ability to compete with other companies who are not as highly leveraged, as we may be less capable of responding to adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

·                  restricting us from making strategic acquisitions, developing properties or exploiting business opportunities;

 

·                  restricting the way in which we conduct our business because of financial and operating covenants in the agreements governing our and certain of our subsidiaries’ existing and future indebtedness, including, in the case of certain indebtedness of subsidiaries, certain covenants that restrict the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to us;

 

·                  exposing us to potential events of default (if not cured or waived) under financial and operating covenants contained in our or our subsidiaries’ debt instruments that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results;

 

·                  increasing our vulnerability to a downturn in general economic conditions or in pricing of our products; and

 

·                  limiting our ability to react to changing market conditions in our industry and in our customers’ industries.

 

In addition to our debt service obligations, our operations require substantial investments on a continuing basis. Our ability to make scheduled debt payments, to refinance our obligations with respect to our indebtedness and to fund capital and non-capital expenditures necessary to maintain the condition of our operating assets and properties, as well as to provide capacity for the growth of our business, depends on our financial and operating performance, which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, competitive, legal and other factors.

 

Subject to the restrictions in the indenture governing the Senior Notes, we may incur significant additional indebtedness, including secured indebtedness. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the risks described above could increase.

 

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the Senior Notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness that may not be successful.

 

Our ability to satisfy our debt obligations will depend upon, among other things:

 

·                  our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control; and

 

·                  our future ability to refinance the Senior Notes, which depends on, among other things, our complying with the covenants in the indenture governing the Senior Notes.

 

We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that we will be able to obtain financing in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs.

 

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, including the Senior Notes, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Senior Notes. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations, including our obligations under the Senior Notes. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations, sell equity and/or negotiate with our lenders and other creditors to restructure the applicable debt, in order to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions for fair market value or at all. The indenture governing the Senior Notes may restrict, or market or business conditions may limit, our ability to avail ourselves of some or all of these options. Furthermore, any proceeds that we could realize from any such dispositions may not be adequate to meet our debt service obligations then due.

 

89



Table of Contents

 

The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains, and any instruments governing future indebtedness of ours would likely contain, restrictions that will limit our flexibility in operating our business.

 

The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains, and any instruments governing future indebtedness of ours would likely contain, a number of covenants that will impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to, among other things:

 

·                  dispose of or issue voting stock of certain subsidiaries; or

 

·                  incur or permit to exist any mortgage, pledge, encumbrance or lien or charge on the capital stock of certain subsidiaries.

 

Any of these restrictions could limit our ability to plan for or react to market conditions and could otherwise restrict corporate activities. Any failure to comply with these covenants could result in a default under the indenture governing the Senior Notes offered hereby. Upon a default, holders of the Senior Notes offered hereby would have the ability ultimately to force us into bankruptcy or liquidation, subject to the indenture governing the Senior Notes. In addition, a default under the indenture governing the Senior Notes could trigger a cross default under the agreements governing our existing and future indebtedness. Our operating results may not be sufficient to service our indebtedness or to fund our other expenditures and we may not be able to obtain financing to meet these requirements.

 

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

On January 15, 2015, we issued an aggregate of 2,545 shares of common stock under the Hilltop Holdings 2012 Equity Incentive Plan to certain non-employee directors as compensation for their service on our Board of Directors during the first quarter of 2015. The shares were issued pursuant to the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

 

Item 6. Exhibits

 

A list of exhibits filed herewith is contained in the Exhibit Index that immediately precedes such exhibits and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

90



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

HILLTOP HOLDINGS INC.

 

 

 

Date: May 6, 2015

By:

/s/ Darren Parmenter

 

 

Darren Parmenter

 

 

Executive Vice President — Principal Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer and duly authorized officer)

 



Table of Contents

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description of Exhibit

 

 

 

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among SWS Group, Inc., Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Peruna LLC, dated as of March 31, 2014 (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 1, 2014 (File No. 001-31987) and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

2.2

 

Purchase and Assumption Agreement—Whole Bank, All Deposits, dated as of September 13, 2013, by and among the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, receiver of First National Bank, Edinburg, Texas, PlainsCapital Bank and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2013 (File No. 001-31987) and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

4.1

 

Indenture, dated as of April 9, 2015, by and between Hilltop Holdings Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 9, 2015 (File No. 001-31987) and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.1

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 9, 2015, by and among Hilltop Holdings Inc. and Barclays Capital Inc. and Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 9, 2015 (File No. 001-31987) and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.2

 

Compensation Arrangement with Jeremy B. Ford (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2015 (File No. 001-31987) and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.3

 

Compensation Arrangement with Darren Parmenter (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2015 (File No. 001-31987) and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

31.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

 

31.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

 

 

32.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101.INS*

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

101.SCH*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

 

 

 

101.CAL*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

 

 

 

101.DEF*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

 

 

 

101.LAB*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

 

 

 

101.PRE*

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

 


*           Filed herewith.